Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Publishing / John Wiley & Sons Inc.

John Wiley & Sons Inc.

jw-a · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker jw-a
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, DC  20549 

FORM 10-K 

[x] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended:  April 30, 2013 

OR 

[  ] 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED) 

For the transition period from to 
Commission file number     001-11507 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

NEW YORK 
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or 
organization 

111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 
Address of principal executive offices 

13-5593032 
I.R.S. Employer Identification No. 

07030 
Zip Code 

(201) 748-6000 

Registrant’s telephone number 
including area code 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 
12(b) of the Act: Title of each class 
Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per 
share 
Class B Common Stock, par value $1.00 per 
share 

Name of each exchange on which 
registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to 
Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

-1- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 
Securities Act. 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of 
the Exchange Act. 

Yes |   |     No |X | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) 
of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days. 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, 
if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was 
required to submit and post such files). 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this 
chapter)  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive 
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K. |   |  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated 
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” ”accelerated filer” and “smaller 
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer   |X|       Accelerated filer   |   |       Non-accelerated filer   |   |      Smaller reporting 
company   |   | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act).  

Yes |    |      No |X| 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to 
the closing price as of the  last business day  of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, 
October 31, 2012, was approximately $2,037.6 million.  The registrant has no non-voting common stock. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A and Class B Common Stock as of May  31, 2013 
was 49,197,181 and 9,492,492 respectively. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  for  use  in  connection  with  its  annual  meeting  of 
stockholders  scheduled  to  be  held  on  September  19,  2013,  are  incorporated  by  reference  into  Part  III  of  this 
form 10-K.   

-2- 

 
 
 
JOHN WILEY AND SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
FORM 10-K 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2013 
INDEX 

PART I 

ITEM 1. 

ITEM 1A. 

ITEM 1B. 

ITEM 2. 

ITEM 3. 

ITEM 4 

PART II 

Business 

Risk Factors 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Properties 

Legal Proceedings 

Mine Safety Disclosures – Not Applicable  

ITEM 5.               Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

ITEM 6. 

ITEM 7. 

Purchases of Equity Securities   

Selected Financial Data 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations 

ITEM 7A.            Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

ITEM 8.               Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

ITEM 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 

Disclosure 

ITEM 9A. 

ITEM 9B. 

Controls and Procedures 

Other Information 

PART III 

ITEM 10. 

ITEM 11. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Executive Compensation 

ITEM 12.             Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters       

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

PAGE 

4 

4-10 

10 

11 

11 

12 

13 

14-54 

55-56 

58-94 

95 

95 

95  

95-98  

98 

98-99 

99  

99  

ITEM 13. 

ITEM 14. 

PART IV 

ITEM 15. 

SIGNATURES 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 

100-109  

-3- 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
PART I 

Item 1.  Business 

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. As 

used  herein  the  term  “Company”  means  John Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  and  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliated 

companies, unless the context indicates otherwise. 

The Company is a global provider of knowledge and knowledge-based services in areas of research, 

professional development and education. Core businesses produce scientific, technical, medical and 

scholarly research journals, reference works, books, database services, and advertising; professional 

books  and  certification,  assessment  and  training  services;  and  education  content  and  services 

including  online  program  management  for  colleges  and  universities  and  integrated  online  teaching 

and learning resources for instructors and students. The Company takes full advantage of its content 

from  all  three  core  businesses  in  developing  and  cross-marketing  products  to  its  diverse  customer 

base  of  researchers,  professionals,  students,  and  educators.  The  use  of  technology  enables  the 

Company  to  make  its  content  efficiently  more  accessible  to  its  customers  around  the  world.  The 

Company  maintains  publishing,  marketing,  and  distribution  centers  in  the  United  States,  Canada, 

Europe, Asia, and Australia. 

Further  description  of  the  Company’s  business  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  in  the 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this 10-K. 

Employees 

As of April 30, 2013, the Company employed approximately  5,400 persons  on a full-time equivalent 

basis worldwide.  Company employees include approximately 390 new employees added during fiscal 

year 2013 due to acquisitions. 

Financial Information About Business Segments 

The note entitled “Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and pages 

14  through  49  of  the  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  section  of  this  10-K  are  incorporated 

herein by reference. 

Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales 

The note entitled “Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and page 

24  of  the  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  section  of  this  10-K  are  incorporated  herein  by 

reference. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Form 10-K, including the following 

risk factors, before deciding to invest in any of the Company’s securities. The risks below are not the 

only  ones  the  Company  faces.  Additional  risks  not  currently  known  to  the  Company  or  that  the 

Company  presently  deems  immaterial  may  also  impair  its  business  operations.  The  Company’s 

business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially adversely affected 

by any of these risks.  

-4- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: 

This 10-K and our Annual Report to Shareholders for the  year ending April 30, 2013 contain certain 

forward-looking  statements  concerning  the  Company’s  operations,  performance  and  financial 

condition.  In addition, the Company provides forward-looking statements in other materials released 

to  the  public  as  well  as  oral  forward-looking  information.  Statements  which  contain  the  words 

anticipate, expect, believes, estimate, project, forecast, plan, outlook, intend and similar expressions 
constitute  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risk  and  uncertainties.  Reliance  should  not  be 
placed  on  forward-looking  statements,  as  actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  those  in  any 

forward-looking statements. 

Any  such  forward-looking  statements  are  based  upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that 

are inherently subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the 

Company, and are subject to change based on many important factors. Such factors include, but are 

not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; (ii) subscriber renewal rates 

for the Company’s journals; (iii) the financial stability  and  liquidity  of journal subscription agents; (iv) 

the  consolidation  of  book  wholesalers  and  retail  accounts;  (v)  the  market  position  and  financial 

stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of the Company’s education business and the impact 

of the used-book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; (viii) the Company’s ability 

to  protect  its  copyrights  and  other  intellectual  property  worldwide;  (ix)  the  ability  of  the  Company  to 

successfully  integrate  acquired  operations  and  realize  expected  opportunities  and  (x)  other  factors 

detailed  from  time  to  time  in  the  Company’s  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission. 

The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  such  forward-looking  statements  to 

reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

Operating and Administrative Costs and Expenses 

In general, any significant increase in the costs of goods and services provided to the Company may 

adversely affect the Company’s costs of operation.  The Company has a significant investment in its 

employee base around the world.  The Company  offers competitive salaries and benefits in order to 

attract  and  retain  the  highly  skilled  workforce  needed  to  sustain  and  develop  new  products  and 

services  required  for  growth.    Employment  and  benefit  costs  are  affected  by  competitive  market 

conditions  for  qualified  individuals,  and  factors  such  as  healthcare,  pension  and  retirement  benefit 

costs.  The  Company  is  a  large  paper  purchaser,  and  paper  prices  may  fluctuate  significantly  from 

time-to-time.  To  reduce  the  impact  of  paper  price  increases,  the  Company  relies  upon  multiple 

suppliers. The Company from time-to-time may hedge the exposure to fluctuations in price by entering 

into  multi-year  supply  contracts.  As  of  April  30,  2013,  the  Company’s  consolidated  paper  inventory 

was approximately $6.6 million and there were no outstanding multi-year supply contracts.  

Protection of Intellectual Property Rights 

Substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  publications  are  protected  by  copyright,  held  either  in  the 

Company’s  name,  in  the  name  of  the  author  of  the  work,  or  in  the  name  of  the  sponsoring 

professional  society.  Such  copyrights  protect  the  Company’s  exclusive  right  to  publish  the  work  in 

many countries abroad for specified periods, in most cases the author’s life  plus 70 years, but in any 

event a minimum of 50 years for works published after 1978. The ability of the Company to continue 

to achieve its expected results depends, in part, upon the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual 

-5- 

 
 
property  rights.  The  Company’s  results  may  be  adversely  affected  by  lack  of  legal  and/or 

technological protections for its intellectual property in some jurisdictions and markets. 

Maintaining the Company’s Reputation 

Professionals  worldwide  rely  upon  many  of  the  Company’s  publications  to  perform  their  jobs.  It  is 
imperative  that  the  Company  consistently  demonstrates  its  ability  to  maintain  the  integrity  of  the 

information included in its  publications.  Adverse publicity,  whether or not  valid,  may reduce  demand 

for the Company’s publications. 

Trade Concentration and Credit Risk 

In  the  journal  publishing  business,  subscriptions  are  primarily  sourced  through  journal  subscription 

agents  who,  acting  as  agents  for  library  customers,  facilitate  ordering  by  consolidating  the 

subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in 

advance  from  subscribers  by  the  subscription  agents  and  is  principally  remitted  to  the  Company 

between the months of December and March. Although at fiscal year-end the Company had minimal 

credit risk exposure to these agents, future calendar-year subscription receipts from these agents are 

highly  dependent  on  their  financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Subscription  agents  account  for 

approximately  24%  of  total  annual  consolidated  revenue  and  no  one  agent  accounts  for  more  than 

10% of total annual consolidated revenue.  

The  Company’s  book  business  is  not  dependent  upon  a  single  customer;  however,  the  industry  is 

concentrated  in  national,  regional,  and  online  bookstore  chains.  Although  no  one  book  customer 

accounts for more than 10% of total consolidated revenue and 14% of accounts receivable at April 30, 

2013,  the  top  10  book  customers  account  for  approximately  19%  of  total  consolidated  revenue  and 

approximately 38% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2013.   

Changes in Laws and Regulations That Could Adversely Affect the Company’s Business 

The  Company  maintains  publishing,  marketing  and  distribution  centers  in  Asia,  Australia,  Canada, 

Europe  and  the  United  States.  The  conduct  of  our  business,  including  the  sourcing  of  content, 

distribution, sales, marketing and advertising is subject to various laws and regulations administered 

by governments around the world. Changes in laws, regulations or government policies, including tax 

regulations and accounting standards, may adversely affect the Company’s future financial results. 

In a recent decision, the US Supreme Court, reversing decisions by the District Court for the Southern 

District of New York and Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, held that the “first sale” doctrine of 

United  States  Copyright  Law  applied  to  copies  of  US  copyrighted  material  printed  outside  of  the 

United States. This decision would allow third parties who purchase works meant for sale only within a 

particular non-US territory to resell those works in the United States.  These works are often available 

outside  the  US  at  prices  significantly  below  those  of  the  US  editions  to  meet  local  market  pricing 

conditions.  Works developed for sale in markets outside the United States are often not substitutes 

for similar US editions because they are materially different.  However, any widespread resale in the 

United States of lower cost works could adversely impact the Company’s operating results. As a result 

of the change in law, the Company adjusted its business practice in selling into lower priced markets.  

The  decision  principally  affects  the  operations  of  the  Company’s  Education  business.  (See  page  20 

for a further discussion) 

-6- 

 
 
The  scientific  research  publishing  industry  generates  much  of  its  revenue  from  paid  customer 

subscriptions  to  online  and  print  journal  content.  There  is  debate  within  government,  academic  and 

library  communities  whether  such  journal  content  should  be  made  available  for  free,  immediately  or 

following  a  period  of  embargo  after  publication,  referred  to  as  “open  access”.  For  instance,  certain 

governments  are  considering  mandating  that  all  publications  containing  information  derived  from 

government-funded  research  be  made  available  to  the  public  at  no  cost.  Open  access  can  be 

achieved in two ways: Green, which enables authors to publish articles in subscription based journals 

and self–archive the author accepted version of the article for free public use after an embargo period, 

and  Gold,  which  enables  authors  to  publish  their  articles  in  journals  that  provide  immediate  free 

access to the article on the publisher’s website following payment of an article publication fee.  These 

mandates  have  the  potential  to  put  pressure  on  subscription-based  publications  and  favor  business 

models  funded  by  author  fees  or  government  and  private  subsidies.  If  such  regulations  are  widely 

implemented, the Company’s operating results could be adversely affected.  

Business Transformation and Restructuring 

The Company is transforming  portions of  its business from a  traditional publishing model to being a 

global provider of content-enabled solutions with a focus on digital products and services.  The Deltak, 

Inscape  and  ELS  acquisitions,  along  with  the  divestment  of  the  Company’s  consumer  publishing 

programs,  are  examples  of  strategic  initiatives  that  were  implemented  as  part  of  the  Company’s 

business  transformation.    The  Company  will  continue  to  explore  opportunities  to  develop  new 

business models and enhance the efficiency of its organizational structure.  The rapid pace and scope 

of  change  increases  the  risk  that  not  all  of  our  strategic  initiatives  will  deliver  the  expected  benefits 

within  the  anticipated  timeframes.  In  addition,  these  efforts  may  somewhat  disrupt  the  Company’s 

business activities which could adversely affect its operating results. 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company announced a program to restructure and realign its cost base with 

current  and  anticipated  future  market  conditions  (see  Note  10).    When  implemented,  the  plan  is 

expected  to  improve  margins  by  reducing  operating  expenses  and  cost  of  sales  and  accelerate 

earnings  growth  while  providing  increased  capacity  for  investment  to  grow  our  digital  businesses.  

Significant  risks  associated  with  these  actions  that  may  impair  the  Company’s  ability  to  achieve  the 

anticipated  cost  reductions  or  that  may  disrupt  its  business  include  delays  in  the  implementation  of 

anticipated  workforce  reductions  in  highly  regulated  locations  outside  of  the  U.S.,  particularly  in 

Europe and Asia, decreases in employee morale and the failure to meet operational targets due to the 

loss of key employees.  In addition, the Company’s ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and 

other  benefits  from  these  actions  within  the  expected  timeframe  is  subject  to  many  estimates  and 

assumptions.  These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive and 

other  uncertainties, some of which  are  beyond  our control.   If these estimates  and  assumptions are 

incorrect,  if  we  experience  delays,  or  if  other  unforeseen  events  occur,  our  business  and  results  of 

operations could be adversely affected. 

Introduction of New Technologies, Products and Services 

The Company must continue to invest in technological and other innovations to adapt and add value 

to its products and services to remain competitive. There are uncertainties whenever developing new 

products  and  services,  and  it  is  often  possible  that  such  new  products  and  services  may  not  be 

launched or if launched, may not be profitable or as profitable as existing products and services. 

-7- 

 
 
A  common  trend  facing  each  of  the  Company’s  businesses  is  the  digitization  of  content  and 

proliferation  of  distribution  channels  through  the  internet  and  other  electronic  means,  which  are 

replacing traditional print formats. The trend to eBooks has also created contraction in the print book 

retail market which increases the risk of bankruptcy for certain retail customers, potentially leading to 

the disruption of short-term product supply to consumers as well as potential bad debt write-offs.  New 

distribution  channels,  such  as  digital  formats,  the  internet,  online  retailers  and  growing  delivery 

platforms (e.g. tablets and e-readers), combined with the concentration of retailer power, present both 

threats  and  opportunities  to  the  Company’s  traditional  publishing  models,  potentially  impacting  both 

sales  volumes  and  pricing.  In  addition,  there  is  an  enhanced  risk  associated  with  the  illegal 

unauthorized replication and distribution of digital products.  

Information Technology Risks 

Information  technology  is  a  key  part  of  the  Company’s  business  strategy  and  operations.  As  a 

business  strategy,  Wiley’s  technology  enables  the  Company  to  provide  customers  with  new  and 

enhanced  products  and  services  and  is  critical  to  the  Company’s  success  in  migrating  from  print  to 

digital business models. Information technology is also a fundamental component of all our business 

processes;  collecting  and  reporting  business  data;  and  communicating  internally  and  externally  with 

customers, suppliers, employees and others. 

Information  technology  system  failures,  network  disruptions  and  breaches  of  data  security  could 

significantly  disrupt  the  operations  of  the  Company.    Management  has  designed  and  implemented 

policies,  processes  and  controls  to  mitigate  risks  of  information  technology  failure  and  to  provide 

security  from  unauthorized  access  to  our  systems.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  in  place  disaster 

recovery plans to maintain business continuity. While the Company has taken steps to address these 

risks, there can be no assurance that  a system failure, disruption  or data security breach  would  not 

adversely affect the Company’s business and operating results. 

Competition for Market Share and Author and Society Relationships 

The Company operates in highly competitive markets. Success and continued growth depends greatly 

on developing new products and the means to deliver them in an environment of rapid technological 

change.  Attracting  new  authors  and  professional  societies,  while  retaining  our  existing  business 

relationships, are also critical to our success.  

Student Demand for Lower Cost Textbooks in Higher Education 

The  Company’s  Education  business  publishes  educational  content  for  undergraduate,  graduate  and 

advanced  placement  students,  lifelong  learners  and  in  Australia  secondary  school  students.  Due  to 

growing demand by students for less expensive textbooks, many college bookstores, online retailers 

and other entities offer used or rental textbooks to students at lower prices than  new. It is uncertain 

what the ultimate impact will be on Wiley’s results from such lower priced textbook sales models.  

Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Risk  

Non-U.S. revenues, as well as our substantial non-U.S. net assets, expose the Company’s results to 

foreign  currency  exchange  rate  volatility.  Fiscal  year  2013  revenue  was  recognized  in  the  following 

currencies (as measured in U.S. dollar equivalents): approximately 56% U.S dollar; 27% British pound 

sterling; 8% euro and 9% other currencies. In addition, our interest-bearing loans and borrowings are 

-8- 

 
 
subject to risk from changes in  interest rates. These  risks and the measures we have taken to help 

contain them are discussed in the Market Risk section of this 10-K. For additional details, see Note 15 

to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  this  10-K  which  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference. 

Notwithstanding our efforts to foresee and mitigate the effects of changes in fiscal circumstances, we 

cannot predict with certainty changes in currency and interest rates, inflation or other related factors 

affecting our business.   

Changes in Tax Legislation 

The Company is subject to tax laws within the jurisdictions in which it does business. Changes in tax 

legislation could have a material impact on the Company’s financial results. There have been recent 

proposals to reform U.S. tax laws that would significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations 

are  taxed  on  earnings  outside  of  the  U.S.  This  could  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 

financial  results  since  a  substantial  portion  of  the  Company’s  income  is  earned  outside  the  U.S.  In 

addition,  the  Company  is  subject  to  audit  by  tax  authorities.    Although  we  believe  our  tax  estimates 

are  reasonable,  the  final  determination  of  tax  audits  could  be  materially  different  from  our  historical 

income tax provisions and accruals and have  a material impact on the Company’s net income, cash 

flow and financial position. 

Risk of Doing Business in Developing and Emerging Markets 

The  Company  sells  its  products  to  customers  in  the  Middle  East  (including  Iran  and  Syria),  Africa 

(including Sudan), Cuba, and other developing markets where it does not have operating subsidiaries. 

In addition, approximately  10%  of Research journal articles are sourced from authors in China.  The 

Company  does  not  own  any  assets  or  liabilities  in  these  markets  except  for  trade  receivables. 

Challenges  and  uncertainties  associated  with  operating  in  developing  markets  has  a  higher  relative 

risk due to political instability, economic volatility, crime, terrorism, corruption, social and ethnic unrest, 

and other factors. While sales in these markets  are not material to the Company’s business results, 

adverse developments related to the risks associated with these markets may cause actual results to 

differ from historical and  forecasted future  operating results.  Disruption in these markets could also 

trigger a decrease in consumer purchasing power, resulting in a reduced demand for our products. 

Liquidity and Global Economic Conditions 

Changes  in  global  financial markets  have  not  had,  nor  do  we  anticipate  they  will  have,  a  significant 

impact on our liquidity. Due to our significant operating cash flow, financial assets, access to capital 

markets and available lines of credit and revolving credit agreements, we continue to believe that we 

have the ability to meet our financing needs for the foreseeable future. As market conditions change, 

we will continue to monitor our liquidity position. However, there can be no assurance that our liquidity 

or our results of operations will not be affected by possible future changes in global financial markets 

and global economic conditions. Similar to other global businesses, we face the potential effects of a 

global economic recession. Unprecedented market conditions including illiquid credit markets, volatile 

equity  markets,  dramatic  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  rates  and  economic  recession  could  affect 

future results.  

Effects of Increases in Pension Costs and Funding Requirements 

The Company provides defined benefit pension plans for the majority of its employees worldwide.  In 

March  2013  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  amendments  to  the  U.S.  defined  benefit 

-9- 

 
 
plans that froze the plans,  which  will be effective  on June 30, 2013.   The funding requirements and 

costs of these plans are dependent upon various factors, including the actual return on plan assets, 

discount  rates,  plan  participant  population  demographics  and  changes  in  pension  regulations. 

Changes  in  these  factors  affect  the  Company’s  plan  funding,  cash  flow  and  results  of  operations.  A 

further  discussion  on  how  these  factors  could  impact  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 

statements is included on page 54 within the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this 

10-K and incorporated herein by reference. 

Effects of Inflation and Cost Increases 

The  Company,  from  time  to  time,  experiences  cost  increases  reflecting,  in  part,  general  inflationary 

factors. There is no guarantee that the Company can increase selling prices or reduce costs to fully 

mitigate the effect of inflation on company costs.  

Ability to Successfully Integrate Key Acquisitions 

The  Company’s  growth  strategy  includes  title,  imprint  and  other  business  acquisitions  which 

complement  the  Company’s  existing  businesses;  the  development  of  new  products  and  services; 

designing  and  implementing  new  methods  of  delivering  products  to  our  customers,  and  organic 

growth from existing brands and titles. Acquisitions may have a substantial impact on the Company’s 

revenues,  costs,  cash  flows,  and  financial  position.  Acquisitions  involve  risks  and  uncertainties, 

including  difficulties  in  integrating  acquired  operations  and  in  realizing  expected  opportunities; 

diversions of management resources and loss of key employees; challenges with respect to operating 

new businesses; debt incurred in financing such acquisitions; and other unanticipated problems and 

liabilities. 

Attracting and Retaining Key Employees 

The  Company’s  success  is  highly  dependent  upon  the  retention  of  key  employees  globally.    In 

addition,  we  are  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  continue  to  attract  new  employees  with  key  skills  to 

support continued business growth. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None 

-10- 

 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.  Properties 

The Company occupies office, warehouse, and distribution facilities in various parts of the world, as 

listed below (excluding those locations with less than 10,000 square feet of floor area, none of which 

is considered material property).  All of the buildings and the equipment owned or leased are believed 

to be in good condition and are generally fully utilized. 

Location              Purpose                    

Owned or Leased  Approx. Sq. Ft. 

United States: 

New Jersey 

Corporate Headquarters 
Warehouse 
Office & Warehouse 

Indiana 

Office 

California 

Office 

Massachusetts             Office 

Illinois  

Florida 

Office 

Office 

Minnesota 

Offices 

International: 

Australia         

Office & Warehouse 
Offices 

Canada  

England  

Office & Warehouse 
Office 

Warehouses 
Offices 
Offices 

Germany  

Office 
Office 

Singapore         Offices 

Office & Warehouse 

Russia 

Office 

Leased 
Leased 
Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 
Leased 

Leased 
Leased 

Leased 
Leased 
Owned 

Owned 
Leased 

Leased 
Leased 

Leased 

India 

China 

Office & Warehouse 

Leased 

Office 

Leased 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

404,000 
380,000 
185,000 

123,000 

57,000 

43,000 

30,000 

22,000 

12,000 

93,000 
59,000 

87,000 
20,000 

297,000 
80,000 
70,000 

58,000 
19,000 

68,000 
61,000 

18,000 

16,000 

14,000 

The Company is involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of its business.  In the opinion of 

management, the  ultimate  resolution of all  pending litigation  will not have a material effect upon the 

financial condition or results of operations of the Company. 

-11- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.  Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 

of Equity Securities 

The Company’s Class A and Class B shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the 

symbols JWa and JWb, respectively. Dividends per share and the market price range (based on daily 

closing prices) by fiscal quarter for the past two fiscal years were as follows: 

Class A Common Stock 
Market Price 
High 

Low 

Dividends 

Class B Common Stock 
Market Price 
High 

Low 

Dividends 

2013 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

2012 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

 $0.24 
0.24 
0.24 
0.24 

 $0.20 
0.20 
0.20 
0.20 

 $49.72 
51.32 
44.43 
39.99 

 $43.69 
42.88 
36.53 
36.09 

$53.00 
50.71 
49.43 
47.93 

$49.08 
42.35 
43.50 
44.41 

 $0.24 
0.24 
0.24 
0.24 

 $0.20 
0.20 
0.20 
0.20 

 $49.83 
51.18 
44.26 
40.50 

$44.28 
42.91 
36.91 
35.89 

$53.22  $49.28 
43.06 
43.57 
44.30 

50.90 
49.66 
48.00 

On a quarterly basis, the Board of Directors considers the payment of cash dividends based upon its 

review of earnings, the financial position of the Company, and other  relevant factors. As of April 30, 

2013,  the  approximate  number  of  holders  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  and  Class  B  Common  Stock 

were 1,160 and 93 respectively, based on the holders of record. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company made the following purchases of Class A 

Common Stock under its stock repurchase program: 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 
- 
381,189 
360,000 
741,189 

Average 
Price Paid 
Per Share 
- 
$39.16 
$37.84 
$38.52 

Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased as 
part of a Publicly 
Announced 
Program 
- 
381,189 
360,000 
741,189 

Maximum 
Number of 
Shares that May 
be Purchased 
Under the 
Program 
1,250,841 
869,652 
509,652 

February 2013 
March 2013 
April 2013 
Total  

-12- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

Dollars in millions (except per share data) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

2009 

For the Years Ended April 30, 

Revenue 

Operating Income (a-d) 

Net Income (a-e) 

Working Capital (f) 

$1,760.8 

$1,782.7 

$1,742.6 

$1,699.1 

$1,611.4 

199.4 

144.2 

(32.2) 

280.4 

212.7 

(66.3) 

248.1 

171.9 

(228.9) 

(321.4) 

242.6 

143.5 

218.5 

128.3 

(188.7) 

(157.4) 

(275.7) 

(246.6) 

Deferred Revenue in Working Capital (f) 

(363.0) 

(342.0) 

Total Assets 

Long-Term Debt 

Shareholders’ Equity 

Per Share Data 

Earnings Per Share (a-e) 

Diluted 

Basic 

Cash Dividends 

Class A Common 

Class B Common 

2,806.4 

2,532.9 

2,430.1 

2,308.6 

2,216.8 

673.0 

988.4 

475.0 

1,017.6 

330.5 

977.9 

559.0 

722.4 

754.9 

513.5 

$2.39 

$2.43 

        $3.47 

        $2.80 

        $2.41 

        $2.15 

        $3.53 

        $2.86 

        $2.45 

        $2.20 

$0.96 

        $0.80 

        $0.64 

        $0.56 

        $0.52 

        $0.96 

        $0.80 

        $0.64 

        $0.56 

        $0.52 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $29.3 million ($19.8 million after tax or $0.33 per share)  
and related impairment charges of $30.7 million ($21.1 million after tax or $0.35 per share). 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a gain, net of losses, on the sale of certain Professional Development consumer 
publishing programs of $6.0 million ($2.6 million after tax or $0.04 per share). 

In fiscal year 2011, the Company recorded a $9.3 million bad debt provision ($6.0 million after tax or $0.10 per share) related 
to the bankruptcy of a large book retailer “Borders”.  

In fiscal year 2010, the Company recognized intangible asset impairment and restructuring charges of $15.1 million ($10.6 
million  after  tax  or  $0.17  per  share)  principally  related  to  GIT  Verlag,  a  Business-to-Business German-language  controlled 
circulation magazine business acquired in 2002.   

Tax benefits and charges included in fiscal year results are as follows: 
 

Fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 include tax benefits of $8.4 million ($0.14 per share), $8.8 million ($0.14 per share) 
and $4.2 million ($0.07 per share), respectively, principally associated with legislative reductions in the U.K. corporate 
income  tax  rates.    The  benefits  reflect  the  remeasurement  of  all  applicable  U.K.  deferred  tax  balances  which  are 
reflected at 23% as of April 30, 2013. 
Fiscal  year  2013  includes  a  tax  charge  of  $2.1  million  ($0.04  per  share)  due  to  recently  published  IRS  tax  positions 
related to the Company’s ability to take certain deductions in the U.S. 
Fiscal year 2012 includes a tax benefit of $7.5 million ($0.12 per share) related to the reversal of an income tax reserve 
recorded in conjunction with the Blackwell acquisition. 

 

 

(f) 

The primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned deferred revenue related to subscriptions for which cash has 
been collected in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by the Company for a number of purposes 
including  paying  down  debt;  funding  operations;  paying  dividends;  and  purchasing  treasury  shares.  The  deferred  revenue 
will  be  recognized  in  income  as  the  products  are  shipped  or  made  available  online  to  the  customers  over  the  term  of  the 
subscription.   

-13- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Business, Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations 

The  Company  is  a  global  provider  of  knowledge  and  knowledge-based  services  in  areas  of  research, 

professional  development  and education. Core  businesses produce  scientific, technical, medical  and scholarly 

research  journals,  reference  works,  books,  database  services,  and  advertising;  professional  books  and 

certification,  assessment  and  training  services;  and  education  content  and  services  including  online  program 

management for colleges and universities and integrated online teaching and learning resources for instructors 

and  students.    The  Company  takes  full  advantage  of  its  content  from  all  three  core  businesses  in  developing 

and  cross-marketing  products  to  its  diverse  customer  base  of  researchers,  professionals,  students,  and 

educators.  The use of technology enables the Company  to make its content  efficiently  more accessible to its 

customers  around  the  world.  The  Company  maintains  publishing,  marketing,  and  distribution  centers  in  the 

United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia. 

Business  growth  comes  from  a  combination  of  title,  imprint  and  business  acquisitions  which  complement  the 

Company’s  existing  businesses;  the  development  of  new  products  and  services;  designing  and  implementing 

new methods of delivering products to our customers; and organic growth  from existing brands and titles. The 

Company’s revenue grew at a compound annual rate of 1% over the past five years. 

Core Businesses 

Research:  

The  Company’s  Research  business  serves  the  world’s  research  and  scholarly  communities  and  is  the  largest 

publisher for professional and scholarly societies.  Research’s mission is to support researchers, professionals 

and  learners  in  the  discovery  and  use  of  research  knowledge  to  achieve  results  that  help  shape  the  future.  

Research products include scientific, technical, medical and scholarly research journals, books, major reference 

works, databases, clinical  decision support  tools  and laboratory manuals and  workflow tools, in the  publishing 

areas  of  the  physical  sciences  and  engineering,  health  sciences,  social  science  and  humanities  and  life 

sciences.    Research  customers  include  academic,  corporate,  government,  and  public  libraries;  researchers; 

scientists;  clinicians;  engineers  and  technologists;  scholarly  and  professional  societies;  and  students  and 

professors.  The  Company’s  Research  products  are  sold  and  distributed  globally,  online  and  in  print  through 

multiple  channels,  including  research  libraries  and  library  consortia,  independent  subscription  agents,  direct 

sales to professional society members, bookstores, online booksellers and other customers. Publishing centers 

include Australia, Germany, India, Singapore, the United Kingdom and the United States. Research accounted 

for  approximately  57%  of  total  Company  revenue  in  fiscal  year  2013  and  generated  revenue  growth  at  a 

compound annual rate of 1% over the past five years.  

Research  revenue  by  product  type  includes  Journal  Subscriptions  sold  online  and  in  print;  Print  Books  and 

eBooks  including  major  reference  works;  Publishing  Rights  which  is  revenue  from  the  licensing  of  the  right  to 

republish  Wiley  content  either  online  or  in  print;  Advertising  and  Other.  Other  revenue  includes  journal  and 

article  reprints,  pay  per  view  journal  revenue,  the  sale  of  journal  backfile  collections,  journal  contributor  fees, 

open access revenue and the sale of databases and protocols. The graph below presents Research revenue by 

product type for fiscal year 2013:  

-14- 

 
 
 
 
Other Income 
10% 

Advertising 
4% 

Publishing Rights 
6% 

eBooks including 
Major Reference 
Works 
4% 

Print Books 
13% 

Journal 
Subscriptions 
64% 

Key growth strategies for the Research business include developing new digital products, services and workflow 

solutions to meet the needs of researchers, authors and societies;  continuing the migration and transformation 

of the book business from print to digital, focusing resources on high-growth and emerging markets; developing 

new  open  access  revenue  streams;  and  evolving  and  developing  new  licensing  models  for  the  Company’s 

institutional customers. 

Approximately  53%  of  journal  subscription  revenue  is  derived  from  publishing  rights  owned  by  the  Company. 

Publishing  alliances  also  play  a  major  role  in  Research’s  success.  Approximately  47%  of  journal  subscription 

revenue  is  derived  from  publication  rights  which  are  owned  by  professional  societies  and  published  by  the 

Company pursuant to a long-term contract or owned jointly with a professional society. These society alliances 

bring  mutual  benefit,  with  the  societies  gaining Wiley’s  publishing,  marketing,  sales  and  distribution  expertise, 

while Wiley benefits from being affiliated with prestigious societies and their members. The Company publishes 

the  journals  of  many  prestigious  societies,  including  the  American  Cancer  Society,  the  American  Heart 

Association,  the  British  Journal  of  Surgery  Society,  the  Federation  of  European  Biochemical  Societies,  the 

European  Molecular  Biology  Organization, 

the  American  Anthropological  Association, 

the  American 

Geophysical Union and the German Chemical Society.  

The  Company’s  Research  business  is  a  provider  of  content  and  services  in  evidence-based  medicine  (EBM). 

Through  the  Company’s  alliance  with  The  Cochrane  Collaboration,  the  Company  publishes  The  Cochrane 

Library,  a  premier  source  of  high-quality  independent  evidence  to  inform  healthcare  decision-making,  which 

provides  the  foundation  for  the  Company’s  growing  suite  of  EBM  products  designed  to  improve  patient 

healthcare.  EBM  facilitates  the  effective  management  of  patients  through  clinical  expertise  informed  by  best 

practice evidence that is derived from medical literature. 

Wiley Online Library, the online publishing platform for the Company’s Research business, is one of the world’s 

broadest  and  deepest  multidisciplinary  collections  of  online  resources  covering life,  health  and  physical 

sciences,  social  science  and  the  humanities.  Built  on  the  latest  technology  and  designed  with  extensive  input 

from  scholars  around  the  world,  Wiley  Online  Library  delivers  seamless  integrated  access  to  over  4  million 

articles  from  1,500  journals,  13,000  online  books,  and  hundreds  of  reference  works,  laboratory  protocols  and 

databases. Wiley Online Library provides the user with intuitive navigation, enhanced discoverability, expanded 

functionality  and  a  range  of  personalization  options.  Wiley  Online  Library  also  provides  the  Company  with 

revenue growth opportunities through new applications and business models, online advertising, deeper market 

penetration and individual sales and pay-per-view options.  

Access  to  Wiley  Online  Library  is  sold  through  licenses  with  academic  and  corporate  libraries,  consortia  and 

other  academic,  government  and  corporate  customers.  The  Company  offers  a  range  of  licensing  options 

including  customized  suites  of  journal  publications  for  individual  customer  needs  as  well  as  subscriptions  for 

-15- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
individual  journal  and  online  book  publications.  Licenses  are  typically  sold  in  durations  of  one  to  three  years.  

Through  the  Article  Select  and  PayPerView  programs,  the  Company  provides  fee-based  access  to  non-

subscribed journal content, book chapters and major reference work articles.  

For  calendar  year  2013,  the  Company  piloted  an  alternative  journal  subscription  license  model  for  a  group  of 

customers.    Previously,  those  customer  licenses  were  based  on  a  commitment  by  the  Company  to  provide  a 

discrete number of online journal issues  which provided for recognition  of revenue by the Company as issues 

were published.  Under this alternative model, the Company provides access to all journal content published in 

the  calendar  year  and  provides  for  recognition  of  revenue  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  calendar  year 

covered  by  the  alternative  license  model.    The  new  license  model  improves  the  value  proposition  for  our 

established  customer  base  in  mature  markets  and  makes  licensing  the  Company’s  journals  a  more 

straightforward  process  which  frees  up  sales  and  support  resources  to  focus  on  growth  opportunities  in  other 

digital products and services. 

Wiley Online Library takes advantage of technology to update content frequently and to add new features and 

resources  on  an  ongoing  basis  to  increase  the  productivity  of  scientists,  professionals  and  students.  Two 

examples  are  EarlyView,  through  which  customers  can  access  individual  articles  well  in  advance  of  print 

publication,  and  MobileEditions,  which  enables  users  to  view  tables  of  content  and  abstracts  on  wireless 

handheld devices and smartphones. 

Wiley  Open  Access  is  the  Company’s  publishing  program  for  open-access  research  articles.  Under  the  Wiley 

Open  Access  business  model,  research  articles  submitted  by  authors  are  published  and  compiled  by  subject 

area  into  open-access  journals.  All  research  articles  published  in  Wiley  Open  Access  journals  are  freely 

available to the general public on Wiley Online Library to read, download and share.  A publication service fee is 

charged upon acceptance of a research article by the Company, which may be paid by the individual author. To 

actively support researchers and members who wish to publish in Wiley Open Access journals, an academic or 

research institution, society or corporation may fund the fee directly. In return for the service fee, the Company 

provides its customary publishing, editing, peer review, technology and distribution services. All accepted open-

access  articles  are  subject  to  the  same  rigorous  peer-review  process  applied  to  the  Company’s  subscription 

based journals which are supported by the Company’s network of prestigious journals and societies. In addition 

to  Wiley  Open  Access,  the  Company  provides  authors  with  the  opportunity  to  make  their  individual  research 

articles  that  were  published  within  the  Company’s  paid  subscription  journals  freely  available  to  the  general 

public through OnlineOpen. 

Professional Development (“PD”): 

The  Company’s  Professional  Development  business  acquires,  develops  and  publishes  professional  books, 

subscription  products,  certification  and  training  services  and  online  applications  in  the  areas  of  business, 

finance,  accounting,  workplace  learning,  management,  leadership,  technology,  behavioral  health,  engineering/ 

architecture  and  education.  Professional  Development  is  focused  on  creating  products  and  services  that  help 

customers become more effective in the workplace and achieve career success. Products are developed in print 

and digitally for worldwide distribution through multiple channels, including major chains and online booksellers, 

independent bookstores, libraries, colleges and universities, warehouse clubs, corporations, direct to consumer, 

websites and other online applications. Professional Development’s mission is to help professionals worldwide 

learn, achieve results, develop opportunities and enhance their skills throughout their career. Publishing centers 

include Australia, Canada, Germany, India, Singapore, the United Kingdom and the United States. Professional 

Development accounted for approximately 24% of total Company revenue in fiscal year 2013 and declined at a 

-16- 

 
 
compound  annual  rate  of  2%  over  the  past  five  years.    Excluding  the  fiscal  year  2013  divestment  of  the 

Consumer Publishing Programs, the five year compound growth rate was essentially flat.  

Professional  Development  revenue  by  product  type  includes  eBooks  and  Print  Books;  Online  Training  and 

Assessment which is revenue from the sale of products and services focusing on workplace effectiveness and 

career  success;  Publishing  Rights  which  is  revenue  from  the  licensing  of  the  right  to  republish  Wiley  content 

either  online  or  in  print;  Journal  Subscriptions  online  and  in  print  to  professionals;  and  Other.  Other  includes 

advertising  revenue,  distribution  and  agency  revenue  and  reprint  revenue.    The  graph  below  presents  PD 

revenue by product type for fiscal year 2013:  

Other Income 
4% 

Journal 
Subscriptions 
3% 

Publishing Rights 
5% 

Online Training & 
Assessment 
7% 

eBooks 
11% 

Print Books 
70% 

Key  growth  strategies  for  the  Professional  Development  business  include  developing  and  acquiring  learning 

applications,  online  training  and  assessment,  workflow  solutions  to  support  professional  career  development, 

developing leading brands  and franchises, executing  strategic  acquisitions  and  partnerships,  innovating  digital 

and eBook formats while expanding global discoverability and distribution and creating advertising opportunities 

on  the  Company’s  branded  websites  and  online  applications.    The  Company  has  recently  executed  several 

initiatives focused on achieving these growth strategies which are described in more detail below. 

In  February  2012, Wiley  acquired  Inscape  Holdings,  Inc.  (“Inscape”),  a  leading  provider  of  online  training  and 

assessment  solutions,  for  approximately  $85  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  The  acquisition  combines 

Wiley’s  deep  well  of  valuable  content  and  global  reach  in  leadership  and  training  with  Inscape’s  technology, 

distribution network, and talent expertise, including the innovative EPIC online assessment-delivery platform and 

an elite  global authorized  distributors  network of nearly 1,700  independent consultants, trainers, and coaches. 

Inscape’s  solution-focused  products  are  used  in  thousands  of  organizations,  including  major  government 

agencies and Fortune 500 companies. Inscape generated revenue of $21.6 million in fiscal year 2013.  

Inscape’s solutions-focused DiSC® offerings complement the products published under Wiley’s Pfeiffer brand, 

such  as  Kouzes  and  Posner’s  Leadership  Practices  Inventory®,  in  the  growing  workplace  learning  industry.  

Through  the  Pfeiffer  brand,  Wiley  has  a  40-year  history  of  serving  professional  development  and  resource 

needs  of  learning  professionals.    The  combined  Inscape  and  Pfeiffer  business  increases  the  Company’s 

presence  in  the  professional  development  and  skill  assessment  arena.  We  believe  Inscape’s  competitive 

strengths  will  also  advance  a  number  of  Professional  Development’s  major  strategic  goals.  As  a  workplace 

learning business with more than 50% of revenue from a proprietary digital platform, Inscape will enable Wiley 

to  move  more  rapidly  into  digital  delivery  within  the  growing  workplace  learning  and  assessment  market  and 

build  a  significant  market  position  in  the  category  of  leadership  development.    Inscape  also  enhances Wiley’s 

global presence, serving customers around the world in more than 30 languages each year, with approximately 

35% of revenue generated outside the U.S through Inscape’s global distributor network.  

-17- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In November 2012, the Company acquired Efficient Learning Systems, Inc. (“ELS”) for approximately $24 million 

in cash, net of cash acquired. ELS is an e-learning system provider focused in the areas of professional finance 

and accounting.  ELS’ flagship product, CPAExcel, is a modular, digital platform comprised of online self-study, 

videos, mobile apps, and sophisticated planning tools that has helped over 65,000 professionals prepare for the 

CPA exam since 1998. The acquisition enhances Wiley’s position in the growing CPA test preparation market 

and  provides  the  Company  with  a  scalable  platform  that  can  be  leveraged  globally  across  other  areas  of  its 

Professional  Development  business.  ELS  was  generating  annual  revenue  of  approximately  $7  million  prior  to 

the  acquisition  and  contributed  $3.7  million  to  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  2013  revenue  since  the  acquisition 

date.  

In  March  2012,  the  Company  announced  that  it  intended  to  explore  opportunities  to  sell  a  number  of  its 

consumer  publishing  assets  in  the  Professional  Development  business  as  they  no  longer  align  with  the 

Company’s  long-term  business  strategy.    Those  assets  included  travel  (including  the  well-known  Frommer’s 

brand),  culinary,  general  interest,  nautical,  pets,  crafts,  Webster’s  New  World,  and  CliffsNotes.    During  fiscal 

year 2013, the Company sold substantially all of these publishing assets in a series of individual transactions for 

approximately $34 million.  Fiscal year 2013 and 2012 revenue associated with the operations of the assets sold 

were $46 million and $73 million, respectively. 

Publishing alliances and franchise products are central to the Company’s strategy. The ability to bring together 

Wiley’s  product  development,  sales,  marketing,  distribution  and  technological  capabilities  with  a  partner’s 

content and brand name recognition has been a driving factor in its success. Professional Development alliance 

partners  include  Bloomberg  Press,  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  the  Leader  to  Leader  Institute,  Fisher 

Investments, the CFA Institute, the BPO Certification Institute, Autodesk and many others. 

The  Company  also  promotes  an  active  and  growing  Professional  Development  custom  publishing  program. 

Custom  publications  are  typically  used  by  organizations  for  internal  promotional  or  incentive  programs.    The 

Company’s  custom  publications  include  digital  and  print  books  written  specifically  for  a  customer  and 

customizations  of  Professional  Development’s  existing  publications  to  include  custom  cover  art,  such  as 

imprints, messages and slogans. Of special note are customized For Dummies publications, which leverage the 

power of this well-known brand to meet the specific information needs of a wide range of organizations around 

the world. 

Education: 

The  Company’s  Education  business  produces  educational  content  and  services  including  online  program 

management for colleges and universities and integrated online teaching and learning resources for instructors 

and students.  Education’s mission is to help teachers teach and students learn by delivering to students, faculty 

and  institutions  throughout  the  world  personalized  content,  tools  and  services  that  demonstrate  results. 

Education  offers  innovative  products  and  services  principally  delivered  through  college  bookstores  and  online 

distributors, with customers having access to content in multi-media formats, as well as the traditional textbook. 

Education’s  cost-effective,  flexible  solutions  are  available  in  each  of  its  publishing  disciplines,  including  the 

sciences,  engineering,  computer  science,  mathematics,  business  and  accounting,  statistics,  geography, 

hospitality and the culinary arts, education, psychology and modern languages. 

Education  accounted  for  approximately  19%  of  total  Company  revenue  in  fiscal  year  2013  and  generated 

revenue  growth  at  a  compound  annual  rate  of  7%  over  the  past  five  years,  including  the  acquisition  of 

Deltak.edu, LLC (“Deltak”) in fiscal year 2013.  

-18- 

 
 
Education  revenue  by  product  type  includes  eBooks  and  Print  Textbooks;  Online  Program  Management; 

WileyPLUS, the Company’s online learning solution; revenue from the licensing of publishing content rights and 

Other Nontraditional and Digital Products such as custom publishing and other content adaption’s.  The graph 

below presents Education revenue by product type for fiscal year 2013:  

Online Program 
Management 
(Deltak) 
10% 

WileyPLUS 
12% 

Other Non-
Traditional and 
Digital Products 
13% 

eBooks 
7% 

Publishing Rights 
3% 

Print Books 
55% 

The  Company  is  transforming  the  Education  business  from  a  content  publisher  to  an  education  solution 

provider.  Education’s  key  growth  strategies  include  developing  and  acquiring  digital  products  and  educational 

services across the educational value chain; continuing the transformation of the business from traditional print 

products to digital and custom products and services; focusing on institutional relationships and direct-to-student 

digital products; and developing the Company’s online institutional education model acquired with Deltak.  

In  October  2012,  the  Company  acquired  Deltak  for  approximately  $220  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  

Deltak works in close partnership  with  leading colleges and universities to  develop and support  online  degree 

and certificate programs.  The acquisition positions the Company as an online education services provider and 

expands the services and content value chain for how people teach and learn.  Through Deltak, Wiley will now 

provide  a  complete  solution  to  help  traditional  colleges  and  universities  transition  their  programs  into  valuable 

online  experiences.    Deltak  offers  market  research  to  validate  degree  or  certification  program  demand, 

instructional  design,  marketing,  student  recruitment  and  retention  services,  and  access  to  the  Deltak  Engage 

Learning Management System, with the goal of boosting the quality and efficacy of online and hybrid programs.  

Deltak provides the Company with access to high-growth markets and a variety of capabilities and technologies 

for  its  expansion  into  custom  online  courses  and  curriculum  development.    The  acquisition  will  also  enable 

Wiley’s Education business to accelerate its digital learning strategy and diversify its service offerings to include 

operational and academic solutions for higher education institutions. Wiley offers Deltak a stable base for new 

program investment, the ability to accelerate growth globally, access to professional consumers and expanded 

offerings  of  content  and  faculty  development.    Deltak  currently  supports  more  than  100  online  programs  and 

was  generating  annual  revenue  of  approximately  $54  million  prior  to  the  acquisition  and  contributed  $33.7 

million to the Company’s fiscal year 2013 revenue since the acquisition date. 

Strategic  partnerships  and  relationships  with  companies  such  as  Microsoft®,  Blackboard  and  the  Culinary 

Institute of America are also an important component of Education’s growth strategy.  The ability to join Wiley’s 

product development, sales, marketing, distribution and technology with a partner’s content and/or brand name 

has contributed to Education’s success. 

Education  offers  high-quality  online  learning  solutions  including  WileyPLUS,  it’s  research-based,  online 

environment  for  effective  course  teaching  and  learning  that  is  integrated  with  a  complete  digital  textbook. 

WileyPLUS  improves  student  learning  through  instant  feedback,  personalized  learning  plans,  and  self-

-19- 

 
 
evaluation  tools  and  a  full  range  of  course-oriented  activities,  including  online  planning,  presentations,  study, 

homework and testing. 

Education encourages and supports the customization of its content. Wiley Custom Learning Solutions is a full-

service custom publishing program that offers an array of tools and services designed to put content creation in 

instructors’ hands. Our suite of custom products empowers users to create high-quality, economical education 

solutions tailored to meet individual classroom needs. Through Wiley Custom Select, a custom textbook system, 

instructors can easily build print and digital materials  tailored to their specific course needs and add their own 

content to create a customized solution derived from one or more Wiley resources.  

The Company also provides the services of the Wiley Faculty Network, a global community of faculty that offers 

guidance,  training,  and  resources.  Through  the  Wiley  Faculty  Network,  instructors  and  administrators  can 

collaborate with each other, attend virtual and live events, and utilize a wealth of resources all designed to help 

them grow as educators. Colleagues can also benefit from taking part in the Wiley Learning Institute, an online 

center  for  professional  development  offering  workshops,  applied  learning,  coaching  programs,  and  a  unique 

community experience.  

In  a  recent  decision,  the  United  States  Supreme  Court  held  that  the  “first  sale”  doctrine  of  US  Copyright  Law 

applied  to  copies  of  US  copyrighted  material  printed  outside  of  the  United  States.    This  decision  allows  third 

parties who purchase works meant for sale only within a particular non-US territory to resell those works in the 

United  States.    These  works  are  often  available  outside  the  US  at  prices  significantly  below  those  of  the  US 

editions to meet local market pricing conditions.   

In  response  to  the  ruling,  the  Company  has  implemented  changes  with  respect  to  the  sale  of  US  originated 

Global Education print works outside the United States. The Company is using a tiered approach in certain non-

US  markets.  In  those  countries  where  the  Company  has  sales  representatives,  direct  knowledge  of  local 

consumption and face to face management of intermediaries, local pricing will be maintained. In those countries 

where  the  Company  has  significant  business  through  long  standing  local  partners,  Preferred  Partner 

Agreements are being executed to minimize  the resale of Wiley products outside of their  designated markets. 

Lastly,  in  all  non-US  markets  where  the  Company  does  not  have  sales  representatives  or  Preferred  Partner 

Agreements,  locally  price  differentiated  product  is  not  being  sold  or  distributed.  In  these  countries,  Global 

Education  product  is  available  only  at  North  American  market  prices.  All  sales  orders  are  now  being  actively 

monitored for compliance with this policy. Full implementation of these measures is scheduled for completion by 

30  June  2013.  Additionally,  all  products  carry  RFiD  (Radio  Frequency  Identification)  tags  to  track  the  original 

sale location. The Company continues to utilize global product strategies  which  materially differentiate key  US 

print titles through content adaptation and versioning.  

As  a  result  of  these  changes,  the  company  expects  the  net  difference  in  revenue  and  operating  profit  to  be 

negligible after a period of market transition.  These changes are expected to reduce units sold and revenue in 

non-US markets while increasing units and revenue in the US.   The reduction in units, at a lower price per unit, 

will  occur  immediately  in  non-US  markets  while  the  corresponding  recovery  of  sale  of  units  at  a  higher  price 

point of formerly cannibalized US  units  will follow.   The timing difference is due to product available for resale 

into  the  US will  need  to  be  exhausted  over  time  and  not  replenished.   A  portion  of  the  revenue  and  operating 

income recovery will come from the difference in lower net units globally offset by higher average positive price 

globally. 

-20- 

 
 
Content-Enabled Products and Services: 

Journal Products:  

The  Company  publishes  approximately  1,600  Research  and  Professional  Development  journals.  Journal 

subscription  revenue  and  other  related  publishing  income,  such  as  advertising,  backfile  sales,  the  licensing  of 

publishing rights, journal reprints and individual article sales accounted for approximately 48% of the Company’s 

consolidated  fiscal  year  2013  revenue.  The  journal  portfolio  includes  titles  owned  by  the  Company,  in  which 

case  they  may  or  may  not  be  sponsored  by  a  professional  society;  titles  owned  jointly  with  a  professional 

society;  and  titles  owned  by  professional  societies  and  published  by  the  Company  pursuant  to  long-term 

contracts. 

Societies  that  sponsor  or  own  such  journals  generally  receive  a  royalty  and/or  other  consideration.  The 

Company may procure editorial services from such societies on a pre-negotiated fee basis. The Company also 

enters into agreements with outside independent editors of journals that state the duties of the editors, and the 

fees  and  expenses  for  their  services.  Contributors  of  articles  to  the  Company’s  journal  portfolio  transfer 

publication  rights  to  the  Company  or  a  professional  society,  as  applicable.  Journal  articles  may  be  based  on 

funded research through government or charitable grants. In certain cases the  terms of the grant may require 

the grant  holder to make articles (either  the  published version  or an  earlier  unedited version)  available free of 

charge  to  the  general  public,  typically  after  an  embargo  period.  Funded  open  access  under  the  Company’s 

Wiley Open Access and OnlineOpen business models facilitate the ability of the grant holder to comply. 

The  Company  sells  journal  subscriptions  directly  through  Company  sales  representatives;  indirectly  through 

independent  subscription  agents;  through  promotional  campaigns;  and  through  memberships  in  professional 

societies for those journals that are sponsored by societies. Journal subscriptions are primarily licensed through 

contracts  for  online  content  delivered  through  the  Company’s  online  platform,  Wiley  Online  Library.  Contracts 

are negotiated by the Company directly with customers or their subscription agents. Licenses range from one to 

three years in duration and typically cover calendar years.   

Print  journals  are  generally  mailed  to  subscribers  directly  from  independent  printers.  The  Company  does  not 

own  or  manage  printing  facilities.  The  print  journal  content  is  also  available  online  via  Wiley  Online  Library. 

Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance, and deferred until the related issue is shipped or made 

available online at which time the revenue is earned.  

For  calendar  year  2013,  the  Company  piloted  an  alternative  journal  subscription  license  model  for  a  group  of 

customers.  Under this alternative model, the Company provides access to all content published in the calendar 

year  and  provides  for  recognition  of  revenue  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  calendar  year  covered  by  the 

alternative license model. 

Book Products: 

Book  products  and  book  related  publishing  revenue,  such  as  advertising  and  the  sale  of  publishing  rights, 

accounted for approximately 48% of the Company’s consolidated fiscal year 2013 revenue.  Materials for book 

publications  are  obtained  from  authors  throughout  most  of  the  world  through  the  efforts  of  an  editorial  staff, 

outside  editorial  advisors,  and  advisory  boards.  Most  materials  originate  with  authors,  or  as  a  result  of 

suggestion or solicitations by editors and advisors. The Company enters into agreements with authors that state 

the  terms  and  conditions  under  which  the  materials  will  be  published,  the  name in  which  the  copyright  will  be 

registered,  the  basis  for  any  royalties,  and  other  matters.  Most  of  the  authors  are  compensated  by  royalties, 

which vary with the nature of the product. The Company may make advance payments against future royalties 
-21- 

 
 
to  authors  of  certain  publications.  Royalty  advances  are  reviewed  for  recoverability  and  a  reserve  for  loss  is 

maintained, if appropriate.  

The Company continues to add new titles, revise existing titles, and discontinue the sale of others in the normal 

course of its business, and also creates adaptations of original content for specific markets based on customer 

demand. The Company’s general practice is to revise its textbooks every two to five years, if warranted, and to 

revise other titles as appropriate. Subscription-based products are updated on a more frequent basis.  

Professional books are sold to bookstores and online booksellers  serving the general public;  wholesalers who 

supply  such  bookstores;  warehouse  clubs;  college  bookstores  for  their  non-textbook  requirements;  individual 

practitioners;  and  research  institutions,  libraries  (including  public,  professional,  academic,  and  other  special 

libraries), industrial organizations, and government agencies. The Company employs sales representatives who 

call  upon  independent  bookstores,  national  and  regional  chain  bookstores  and  wholesalers.  Sales  of 

professional books also result from direct mail campaigns, telemarketing, online access, advertising and reviews 

in periodicals. Trade sales to bookstores and wholesalers are generally made on a returnable basis with certain 

restrictions.  The  Company  provides  for  estimated  future  returns  on  sales  made  during  the  year  based  on 

historical return experience and current market trends.  

Adopted textbooks, related supplementary material, and online products such as WileyPLUS, are sold primarily 

to bookstores and online booksellers, serving both for-profit and nonprofit educational institutions. The Company 

employs sales representatives who call on faculty responsible for selecting books to be used in courses, and on 

the  bookstores  that  serve  such  institutions  and  their  students.  Textbook  sales  are  generally  made  on  a 

returnable basis with certain restrictions. The textbook business is seasonal, with the majority of textbook sales 

occurring during the June through August and November through January periods. There  are active used  and 

rental textbook markets, which adversely affect the sale of new textbooks. 

Like  most  other  publishers,  the  Company  generally  contracts  with  independent  printers  and  binderies  globally 

for  their  services.  The  Company  purchases  its  paper  from  independent  suppliers  and  printers.  The  fiscal  year 

2013  weighted  average  U.S.  paper  prices  decreased  approximately  2%  from  fiscal  year  2012.  Approximately 

65%  of  the  Company’s  paper  inventory  is  held  in  the  United  States.  Management  believes  that  adequate 

printing and binding facilities, sources of paper and other required materials are available to it, and that it is not 

dependent  upon  any  single  supplier.    Printed  book  products  are  distributed  from  both  Company-operated 

warehouses and independent distributors. 

The  Company  develops  content  in  a  digital  format  that  can  be  used  for  online  and  print  products,  resulting  in 

productivity  and  efficiency  savings,  and  enabling  print-on-demand  delivery.  Book  content  is  available  online 

through Wiley Online Library, WileyPLUS, Custom Select and other proprietary platforms.  Ebooks are delivered 

to  intermediaries  including  Amazon,  Apple  and  Google  for  re-sale  to  individuals  in  various  industry-standard 

formats,  which  are  now  also  the  preferred  deliverable  for  licensees  of  all  types,  including  foreign  language 

publishers. Specialized formats for digital textbooks go to distributors servicing the academic market and digital 

book  collections  are  sold  by  subscription  through  independent  third-party  aggregators  servicing  distinct 

communities.    Custom deliverables  are provided to corporations,  institutions  and associations to  educate their 

employees, generate leads for their products, and extend their brands.  Content from digital books is also used 

to create website articles, mobile apps, newsletters and promotional collateral.  This continual re-use of content 

improves margins, speeds delivery and helps satisfy a wide range of customer needs.  

-22- 

 
 
The Company’s online presence not only enables it to deliver content online, but also to sell more books.   The 

growth of online booksellers benefits the Company because they provide unlimited virtual “shelf space” for the 

Company’s entire backlist.   

Marketing  and  distribution  services  are  made  available  to  other  publishers  under  agency  arrangements.  The 

Company also engages in co-publishing of titles with international publishers and in publication of adaptations of 

works  from  other  publishers  for  particular  markets.  The  Company  also  receives  licensing  revenue  from 

photocopies, reproductions, translations, and digital uses of its content.  

Other Digital Products and Services: 

Revenue  from  Other  Digital  Products  and  Services  was  approximately  $64.1  million  in  fiscal  year  2013.    The 

Company  believes  that  the  demand  for  new  digital  products  and  services  will  continue  to  increase  for  the 

foreseeable future.  In order to meet this demand and remain competitive, the Company is focused on delivering 

content-enabled  services  which  improve  learning,  career  management  and  effectiveness  for  its  target 

communities.  With the goal of servicing its customers across the arc of their careers the Company is creating 

new revenue streams through organic development and acquisition. The Deltak, Inscape and ELS acquisitions 

have  enhanced  the  Company’s  portfolio  of  content-enabled  services  and  provided  the  Company  with  new 

capabilities and expertise, including new channels to market and direct end-user engagement. The Inscape and 

ELS  acquisitions  highlight  the  Company’s  focus  on  providing  digital  content  and  workflow  solutions  around 

professional career development, while the Deltak acquisition positions the Company as an online educational 

solutions provider with a variety of capabilities and technologies for its expansion into custom online course and 

curriculum development. 

The  Inscape  and  ELS  businesses,  along  with  the  Company’s  Pfeiffer  brand,  represent  the  Company’s 

professional  training  and  assessment  services.    These  businesses  offer  a  variety  of  classroom  learning 

solutions  and  e-learning  activities  that  are  delivered  to  customers  directly  through  online  digital  delivery 

platforms and also through an authorized distributor network of independent consultants, trainers and coaches.  

The Company’s professional training and assessment services offer highly flexible packages and modules for its 

customers  that  include  online  pre-work  and  profile  assessments,  self-study  materials,  online  videos,  mobile 

apps  and  other  sophisticated  planning  tools.    Revenue  for  these  products  and  services  are  deferred  until  the 

Company’s  obligation  has  been  performed,  typically  when  an  online  training  program  and/or  assessment  has 

been completed or over the timeframe covered by a license to use the online training and study materials. 

As  student  demand  continues  to  drive  traditional  schools  to  offer  online  degree  and  certificate  programs, 

institutions are partnering with online program management businesses to develop and support these programs.  

As a result of the Deltak acquisition, the Company has entered this high-growth market, accelerated its digital 

learning strategy and diversified the service offerings of its Education business to include both operational and 

academic  solutions  for  higher  education  institutions.    Through  Deltak,  the  Company  acquired  capabilities  and 

technologies for its expansion into custom online course and curriculum development.  Deltak’s online program 

management  revenue  is  derived  from  a  pre-negotiated  share  of  tuition  generated  from  students  who  enroll  in 

programs that Deltak develops and manages for its institutional partners.  Service covered under contracts with 

institutions  include  market  research,  marketing,  student  recruitment,  enrollment  support,  proactive  retention 

support,  academic  services  to  design  courses  and  support  faculty  and  access  to  the  Deltak  Engage  Learning 

Management System. Online program management revenue is deferred and recognized over the timeframe that 

each student is enrolled in the online program. The Company currently supports 31 university partners with 100 

online revenue generating programs and 46 programs under contract and in development but not yet generating 

revenue.  

-23- 

 
 
Advertising Revenue: 

The  Company  generates  advertising  revenue  from  print  and  online  journal  subscription  products;  its  online 

publishing platform, Wiley Online Library; the Wiley Job Network, a full service online job board; online events 

such  as  webinars  and  virtual  conferences;  community  interest  websites  such  as  spectroscopyNOW.com  and 

websites  for  the  Company’s  leading  brands  like  Dummies.com.  These  revenues  accounted  for  approximately 

3% of the Company’s consolidated fiscal year 2013 revenue.   

Advertisements  are  sold  by  company  and  independent  sales  representatives  to  advertising  agencies 

representing the Company’s target customers. Typical customers include worldwide pharmaceutical companies; 

equipment  manufacturers  and  distributors  servicing  the  pharmaceutical  industry;  recruiters;  and  a  variety  of 

businesses  targeting  the  Company’s  leading  brand  customers.  The  Company’s  advertising  growth  strategy 

focuses  on  increasing  the  volume  of  advertising  on  its  online  publishing  platform;  leveraging  the  brand 

recognition  of  its  titles  and  society  partnerships;  the  development  of  new  advertising  products  such  as  online 

video promotions or event sponsorship arrangements; and advertising in new and emerging technologies such 

as the mobile devices market (i.e. applications for smartphones and tablets). 

Global Operations 

The Company’s publications and services are sold throughout most of the world through operations located in 

Europe, Canada, Australia, Asia, and the United States.  All operations market their indigenous publications, as 

well as publications produced by other parts of the Company. The Company also markets publications through 

independent agents as well as independent sales representatives in countries not served by the Company. John 

Wiley & Sons International Rights, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, sells reprint and translations 

rights  worldwide.  The  Company  publishes  or  licenses  others  to  publish  its  products,  which  are  distributed 

throughout  the  world  in  many  languages.  Approximately  48%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  fiscal  year  2013 

revenue was billed in non-U.S. markets. 

The global nature of the Company’s business creates an exposure to foreign currency fluctuations relative to the 

U.S  dollar.  Each  of  the  Company’s  geographic  locations  sells  products  worldwide  in  multiple  currencies. 

Revenue and deferred revenue, although billed in multiple currencies are accounted for in the local currency of 

the selling location. Fiscal year 2013 revenue was recognized in the following currencies (on an equivalent U.S. 

dollar basis): approximately 56% U.S dollar; 27% British pound sterling; 8% euro and 9% other currencies. 

Competition and Economic Drivers within the Publishing Industry 

The  sectors  of  the  publishing  and  information  services  industry  in  which  the  Company  is  engaged  are 

competitive.  The  principal  competitive  criteria  for  the  publishing  industry  are  considered  to  be  the  following: 

product  quality,  customer  service,  suitability  of  format  and  subject  matter,  author  reputation,  price,  timely 

availability of both new titles and revisions of existing books, digital availability of published products, and timely 

delivery of products to customers. 

The  Company  is  in  the  top  rank  of  publishers  of  research  journals  worldwide,  a  leading  commercial  research 

chemistry  publisher;  the  leading  professional  society  journal  publisher;  one  of  the  leading  publishers  of 

university and college textbooks and related materials for the “hardside” disciplines, (i.e. sciences, engineering, 

and  mathematics),  and  a  leading  publisher  in  its  targeted  Professional  Development  markets.  The  Company 

knows  of  no  reliable  industry  statistics  that  would  enable  it  to  determine  its  share  of  the  various  international 

markets in which it operates. 

-24- 

 
 
Performance Measurements 

The Company measures its performance based upon revenue, operating income, earnings per share and cash 

flow,  excluding  unusual  or  one-time  events,  and  considering  worldwide  and  regional  economic  and  market 

conditions. The Company  evaluates market share statistics for publishing  programs in each of its businesses.  

Research uses various reports to monitor competitor performance and industry financial metrics.  Specifically for 

Research journal titles, the ISI Impact Factor, published periodically by the Institute for Scientific Information, is 

used  as  a  key  metric  of  a  journal  title’s  influence  in  scientific  publishing.  For  Professional  Development,  the 

Company evaluates market share statistics periodically published by BOOKSCAN, a statistical clearinghouse for 

book  industry  point  of  sale  data  in  the  United  States.  The  statistics  include  survey  data  from  all  major  retail 

outlets, online booksellers, mass merchandisers, small chain and independent retail outlets. For Education, the 

Company subscribes to Management Practices Inc., which publishes customized comparative sales reports. 

Results of Operations 

Throughout  this  report,  references  to  amounts  “excluding  foreign  exchange”,  “currency  neutral  basis”  and 

“performance  basis”  exclude  both  foreign  currency  translation  effects  and  transactional  gains  and  losses. 

Foreign  currency  translation  effects  are  based  on  the  change  in  average  exchange  rates  for  each  reporting 

period multiplied by the current period’s volume of activity in local currency for each non-U.S. location.  For fiscal 

years 2013 and 2012, the average exchange rates to convert British pounds sterling to U.S. dollars were  1.58 

and  1.59,  respectively.    The  average  exchange  rates  to  convert  euros  into  U.S.  dollars  for  the  same  periods 

were 1.29 and  1.37, respectively.    Unless otherwise  noted,  all  variance explanations below are on a currency 

neutral basis. 

Fiscal Year 2013 Summary Results 

Revenue: 

Revenue for fiscal year 2013 decreased 1% to $1,760.8 million, but was flat excluding the unfavorable impact of 

foreign exchange.  Incremental revenue from the Deltak, Inscape and ELS acquisitions ($56 million) was offset 

by  the  divestment  of  Professional  Development  (“PD”)  consumer  publishing  programs  ($27  million)  and  lower 

other print book revenue in each of the Company’s three core businesses. 

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit: 

Cost  of  sales  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  2%  to  $532.2  million,  or  1%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 

foreign exchange.  On a currency neutral basis and excluding incremental cost of sales from acquisitions ($11 

million),  cost  of  sales  declined  in  each  of  the  Company’s  three  core  businesses.    A  decline  in  PD  ($9  million) 

principally reflects lower sales volume in the divested consumer publishing programs; a decline in Education ($5 

million)  was  mainly  driven  by  lower  print  textbook  sales;  and  a  decline  in  Research  ($3  million)  reflects  the 

ongoing transition to lower cost digital products, partially offset by higher royalty rates. 

Gross profit for fiscal year 2013 of 69.8% was 30 basis points higher than prior year.  Excluding the impact of 

higher  margin  incremental  revenue  from  acquisitions,  gross  profit  margin  declined  10  basis  points  to  69.4% 

principally due to higher royalty rates. 

-25- 

 
 
 
 
Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2013 increased 1% to $933.1 million, or 2% excluding the 

favorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.    The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  incremental  operating  and 

administrative  expenses  from  acquisitions  ($31  million);  higher  technology  costs  ($9  million);  and  higher 

employment costs ($4 million), partially offset by cost containment initiatives ($9 million); a reduction related to 

the divestment of the PD consumer publishing programs ($8 million); lower journal and book distribution costs 

due to lower volume and the migration from print to digital products ($4 million); lower facility costs ($2 million); 

and a lower bad debt provision ($1 million).  Prior year facility costs included duplicate rent as the Company was 

transitioning to new facilities. 

Restructuring Charges: 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $29.3 million, $19.8 million after tax ($0.33 

per share), which are described in more detail below: 

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  announced  a  program  (the  “Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program”)  to 

restructure  and  realign  the  Company’s  cost  base  with  current  and  anticipated  future  market  conditions.    The 

Company  is  targeting  a  majority  of  the  cost  savings  achieved  to  improve  margins  and  earnings,  while  the 

remainder  will  be  reinvested  in  high  growth  digital  business  opportunities.    In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year 

2013, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $24.5 million, or $16.3 million after tax ($0.27 per share), 

related to the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program.  The restructuring charge includes accrued redundancy 

and  separation  benefits  of  $19.1  million,  process  reengineering  consulting  costs  of  $2.7  million  and 

termination/curtailment  costs  related  to  the  U.S.  defined  benefit  pension  plan  of  $2.7  million.    Approximately 

$2.9 million, $6.3 million and $1.1 million of the restructuring charge was recorded within the Research, PD, and 

Education  reporting  segments,  respectively,  with  the  remainder  recognized  in  Shared  Service  costs.    The 

charge  is  expected  to  be  fully  recovered  by  April  30,  2014.    The  Company  expects  to  record  an  additional 

charge or charges during fiscal year 2014 as it implements successive phases of the program.  Given progress 

to  date,  the  Company  expects  that  it  will  be  in  a  position  to  begin  implementation  of  the  next  phase  of  the 

restructuring  initiative  mid-fiscal  year  2014  which  will  generate  a  charge  for  additional  employee  separation-

related benefits of a similar size to that taken in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013. 

Other Restructuring Programs 

As  part  of  the  Company’s  ongoing  transition  and  transformation  to  digital  products  and  services,  certain 

activities  have  been  identified  that  will  either  be  discontinued,  outsourced,  or  relocated  to  a  lower  cost 

region.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  a  restructuring  charge  of  approximately  $4.8  million,  $3.5  million 

after  tax  ($0.06  per  share),  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013  for  redundancy  and  separation  benefits. 

Approximately  $3.0  million,  $1.3  million  and  $0.2  million  of  the  restructuring  charge  was  recorded  within  the 

Research,  PD  and  Education  reporting  segments,  respectively,  with  the  remainder  recognized  in  Shared 

Service costs.  The charge is expected to be fully recovered by January 31, 2014. 

Impairment Charges: 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  in  conjunction  with  the  restructuring  programs  the  Company  recognized  asset  impairment 

charges of $30.7 million, $21.0 million after tax ($0.35 per share), which are described in more detail below: 

-26- 

 
 
 
Consumer Publishing Programs 

In  September  2012,  the  Company  entered  into  negotiations  with  Houghton  Mifflin  Harcourt  (“HMH”)  regarding 

the  sale  of  the  Company’s  culinary,  CliffsNotes,  and  Webster’s  New  World  Dictionary  consumer  publishing 

programs.  As a result, the Company began accounting for these publishing programs as Assets Held for Sale 

and  recorded  an  impairment  charge  of  $12.1  million,  $7.5  million  after  tax  ($0.12  per  share),  in  the  second 

quarter  of fiscal  year 2013 to reduce the carrying  value of the  assets  within these programs to their fair  value 

based on the estimated sales price, less costs to sell.  In addition, in the second quarter of fiscal year 2013, the 

Company  recorded  a  pre-tax  impairment  charge  of  $3.4  million,  or  $2.1  million  after  tax  ($0.04  per  share)  to 

reduce  the  carrying  value  of  inventory  and  royalty  advances  within  its  other  consumer  publishing  programs  to 

their estimated realizable value. 

Controlled Circulation Publishing Assets 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company identified certain controlled circulation publishing programs that no longer align 

with the Company’s long-term strategy and has shifted key resources from these programs to other publishing 

programs  within  the  Research  business.    As  a  result,  the  Company  performed  an  impairment  test  on  the 

intangible  assets related to these controlled circulation publishing  programs  in the fourth quarter of fiscal  year 

2013, which resulted in a $9.9 million impairment charge, $8.2 million after tax ($0.14 per share).  The intangible 

assets principally consisted of acquired  publishing rights.   The impairment charge  resulted  in a full  write-off of 

the  carrying  value  of  these  intangible  assets  based  on  their  estimated  fair  values  as  determined  by  the 

Company. 

Technology Investments 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  identified  certain  technology  investments  which  are  no  longer  a  long-term 

strategic  fit  and  resources  supporting  these  investments  have  been  shifted  to  other  areas.    As  a  result,  the 

Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $5.3 million, $3.2 million after tax ($0.05 per share), to write-

off the full carrying value of the related assets. 

Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization of intangibles increased $5.2 million to $42.0 million in fiscal year 2013.  The increase was mainly 

driven by incremental amortization related to the Deltak ($2.7 million) and Inscape ($2.2 million) acquisitions. 

Gain (Net of Losses) on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs: 

Sale of Travel Publishing Program 
On August 10, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with Google, Inc. (“Google”) for the sale 

of  its  travel  publishing  program,  including  all  of  its  interests  in  the  Frommer’s,  Unofficial  Guides,  and 

WhatsonWhen  brands  for  $22  million  in  cash,  of  which  $3.3  million  is  held  in  escrow  related  to  standard 

commercial representations and warranties and is expected to be released to the Company by the end of fiscal 

year  2014.  The  effective  date  of  the  transaction  was  August  31,  2012.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  a 

$9.8  million  gain  on  the  sale,  $6.2  million  after  tax  ($0.10  per  share),  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  year 

2013.  In connection with the sale, the Company also entered into a transition services agreement which will end 

on  December  31,  2013.    Fees  earned  by  the  Company  in  fiscal  year  2013  in  connection  with  the  service 
agreement were approximately $0.5 million. 

Sale of Culinary, CliffsNotes and Webster’s New World Publishing Programs 
On November 5, 2012, the Company completed the sale of the Company’s culinary, CliffsNotes, and Webster’s 

New World Dictionary consumer publishing programs to HMH for $11.0 million in cash, which approximated the 

-27- 

 
 
carrying  value  of  related  assets  sold,  of  which  $1.1  million  is  held  in  escrow  related  to  standard  commercial 

representations  and  warranties  and  is  expected  to  be  released  to  the  Company  by  the  end  of  fiscal  year 

2014.  In connection with the sale, the Company also entered into a transition services agreement which ended 

in March 2013.  Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year 2013 in connection with the service agreement were 
approximately $1.5 million. 

Sale of Other Publishing Programs 
In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  completed  the  sale  of  its  other  consumer  publishing 

programs  to  multiple  buyers  for  approximately  $1  million  in  cash  and  a  future  royalty  interest.    The  Company 
recorded a $3.8 million loss on the sales ($3.6 million after tax or $0.06 per share).  

Interest Expense/Income, Foreign Exchange and Other: 

Interest  expense  for fiscal year  2013  increased  $4.0  million  to  $13.1  million.    Higher  average  debt  and  higher 

interest rates contributed approximately $2.2 million and $1.9 million to the increase, respectively.  The increase 

in debt was mainly due to financing acquisitions.  The Company’s average cost of borrowing during fiscal years 

2013 and 2012 was 1.9% and 1.6%, respectively.   

Provision for Income Taxes: 

The  effective  tax  rate  for  fiscal  year  2013  was  22.8%  compared  to  21.8%  in  the  prior  year.    During  the  first 

quarters  of  fiscal  years  2013  and  2012,  the  Company  recorded  non-cash  deferred  tax  benefits  of  $8.4  million 

($0.14 per share) and $8.8 million ($0.14 per share), respectively, principally associated with new tax legislation 

enacted in the  United Kingdom (U.K.) that reduced the U.K. statutory  income tax rates by 2% in each period.  

The benefits recognized by the Company reflect the measurement  of all applicable U.K. deferred tax balances 

to the new income tax rates.  The U.K. statutory tax rate as of April 30, 2013 is 23%.   

In the fourth quarter of fiscal  year 2013, the Company recorded a tax charge of $2.1 million ($0.04 per share) 

due  to  recently  published  IRS  tax  positions  related  to  the  Company’s  ability  to  take  certain  deductions  in  the 

U.S. and in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, the Company released an income tax reserve of approximately 

$7.5 million ($0.12 per share) due to the expiration of the statute of limitations.  The $7.5 million was originally 

recorded in conjunction with the purchase accounting for the Blackwell acquisition.  Excluding the impact of the 

tax benefits and tax charges described above, the Company’s effective tax rate decreased from 27.8% to 26.2% 

principally  due  to  a  favorable  mix  of  earnings  that  resulted  from  lower  U.S.  earnings  in  fiscal  year  2013  and 

lower U.K. tax rates. 

Earnings Per Share: 

Earnings  per  diluted  share  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  31%  to  $2.39  per  share  reflecting  the  restructuring 

and  impairment  charges  ($0.68  per  share);  the  prior  year  income  tax  reserve  release  ($0.12  per  share),  the 

current  year  tax  charge  ($0.04  per  share)  and  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange  ($0.04  per  share), 

partially offset by the net gain on sale of the consumer publishing programs ($0.04 per share).  Excluding these 

items,  earnings  per  diluted  share  decreased  7%  mainly  due  to  the  divested  consumer  publishing  programs 

($0.07 per share) and lower print book revenue, partially offset by acquisitions ($0.05 per share). 

Fiscal Year 2013 Segment Results: 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  renamed  its  operating  segments  to  better  reflect  its  focus  on  providing 

knowledge and knowledge-based services in areas of research, professional development and education.  As a 

-28- 

 
 
result, Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly has been renamed Research; Professional/Trade has been 

renamed Professional Development; and Global Education has been renamed Education.  In fiscal year 2013, 

the  Company  also  changed  its  internal  reporting  of  segment  measures  for  the  purposes  of  assessing 

performance  and  making  resource  allocation  decisions.  As  a  result,  the  Company  now  reports  on  segment 

performance  identified  as  Contribution  to  Profit  after  the  allocation  of  certain  direct  Shared  Services  and 

Administrative  Costs.  These costs were  previously reported as independent activities and not reflected  within 

each segment's operating results. We will continue to report total Shared Services and Administrative Costs by 

function  as  management  believes  they  are  useful  in  understanding  the  Company’s  overall  performance.    In 

addition, management responsibility and reporting of certain Professional Development and Education product 

lines  were  realigned  as  of  May  1,  2012.  Prior  year  results  have  been  restated  for  comparative  purposes  for 

each of the changes described above. 

Research: 

Dollars in thousands 
Journal Subscriptions 
Books 
Other Publishing Income 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 10) 
Impairment Charges (see Note 11) 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 
CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT  

Contribution Margin  

 2013 
$641,584 
164,750 
203,491 
$1,009,825 

 2012 
$650,938 
179,204 
210,585 
$1,040,727 

(271,405) 

(278,427) 

738,420 
73.1% 

(274,714) 
(26,915) 
(5,911) 
(9,917) 

$420,963 
41.7% 

(46,009) 
(66,105) 
(22,343) 
$286,506 

28.4% 

762,300 
73.2% 

(283,840) 
(26,186) 
- 
- 

$452,274 
43.5% 

(47,995) 
(65,734) 
(21,085) 
$317,460 

30.5% 

   % change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 
0% 
-7% 
-1% 
-2% 

-1% 
-8% 
-3% 
-3% 

-3% 

-3% 

-3% 
3% 

-1% 

-2% 

-2% 
4% 

-7% 

-2% 

-4% 
1% 
6% 
-10% 

-3% 
1% 
7% 
-3% 

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2013 restructuring and impairment charges. 

Revenue: 

Research revenue for fiscal year 2013 decreased 3% to $1.01 billion, or 2% excluding the unfavorable impact of 

foreign exchange.  The decline was largely driven by lower print book revenue and other publishing income. 

Journal Subscriptions 

Journal  subscription  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  1%  to  $641.6  million,  but  was  flat  excluding  the 

unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.    Increased  revenue  from  new  society  business  ($4  million)  and 

subscriptions ($4 million) was offset by publication scheduling ($5 million) and the timing of revenue associated 

with  a  pilot  for  a  new  subscription  licensing  model  ($3  million)  further  described  below.    Calendar  year  2013 

-29- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
journal subscription billings as of April 30, 2013 are up 3% over calendar year 2012 mainly due to new society 

business and growth in the U.S. and Asia. 

For  calendar  year  2013,  the  Company  piloted  an  alternative  journal  subscription  license  model  for  a  group  of 

customers.  Previously, those customers’ licenses were based on a commitment by the Company to provide a 

discrete number of online journal issues  which provided for recognition  of revenue by the Company as issues 

were  published.    Under  this  alternative  model,  the  Company  provides  access  to  all  content  published  in  the 

calendar year and provides for recognition of revenue on a straight-line basis over the calendar year covered by 

the alternative license model.  The new licensing terms result in a $3.0 million shift of revenue from fiscal year 

2013 to fiscal year 2014 but will have no impact on current or future calendar year journal revenue. 

Books 

Book  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2013  declined  8%  to  $164.8  million,  or  7%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of 

foreign  exchange  as  lower  print  book  revenue  ($16  million)  was  partially  offset  by  growth  in  digital  books  ($3 

million). 

Other Publishing Income 

Other publishing income for fiscal year 2013 decreased 3% to $203.5 million, or 1% excluding the unfavorable 

impact of foreign exchange.  The decline was driven by lower sales of journal reprints ($6 million), backfiles ($4 

million)  and  advertising  ($4 million),  partially  offset  by  increased  sales  of  publishing  rights  ($5  million),  funded 

open access ($4 million) and other fees ($2 million). 

Total Research Revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Americas declined 1% to $388.2 million 
  EMEA decreased 2% to $557.3 million 
  Asia-Pacific decreased 3% to $64.3 million 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  sales  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  3%  to  $271.4  million,  or  1%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 

foreign exchange.  The decline was mainly driven by growth in lower cost digital products ($7 million) and lower 

print volume ($4 million), partially offset by higher royalty rates on new society journals ($7 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross profit margin for fiscal year 2013 of 73.1% was 10 basis points lower than prior year mainly due to higher 

royalty rates on new society journals (70 basis points), partially offset by higher margin digital products. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct  expenses  for  fiscal  year  2013  of  $274.7  million  decreased  3%  from  prior  year,  or  2%  excluding  the 

favorable impact of foreign exchange.  The decline was driven by cost containment initiatives ($2 million), a prior 

year  bad  debt  provision  related  to  an  outstanding  receivable  with  a  university  in  Iran  ($1  million)  and  lower 

employment costs ($1 million) mainly due to lower accrued incentive compensation. 

Amortization  of  intangibles  increased  $0.7  million  to  $26.9  million  in  fiscal  year  2013  mainly  due  to  the 

acquisition of publication rights for new society journals. 

-30- 

 
 
 
Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  profit  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  10%  to  $286.5  million,  or  3%  excluding  the  unfavorable 

impact  of  foreign  exchange  and  the  restructuring  and  impairment  charges.    Contribution  margin  declined  210 

basis points to 28.4% in fiscal year 2013, or 50 basis points excluding the restructuring and impairment charges 

and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange mainly due to top-line results. 

Society Partnerships 

  42 new society journals were signed with combined annual revenue of approximately $31 million 
  81 renewals/extensions were signed with approximately $52 million in combined annual revenue 
  4 journals were lost or not renewed with combined annual revenue of approximately $7 million   

New Society Contracts 

  23 journals for the American Geophysical Union, the world’s leading society of Earth and space science 
Journal  of  Brewing  and  Distilling  and  Brewer  &  Distiller  International  for  the  Institute  of  Brewing  and 
 

Distilling (IBD)  

 
 

Journal of Engineering Education for the American Society for Engineering Education (ASEE)  

Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB) and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis 

(JABA) for the Society for Experimental Analysis of Behavior (SEAB)  

  Psychoanalytic Quarterly previously self-published 
 

Journal  of  Hepato-Pancreatic-Biliary  Sciences,  for  the  Society  of  Hepato-Pancreatic-Biliary  Surgery 

(Japan) 

  Cell Biology International,  the official journal of the International Federation for Cell  Biology  as  well as 
the  open  access  spin  off  journal  Cell  Biology  International  Reports  previously  published  by  Portland 

Press 

  Asia and the Pacific Policy Studies which is a new-start, society-funded open access journal, co-owned 

with the Crawford School of Public Policy at the Australian National University 

Journal of Clinical Pharmacology for the American College of Clinical Pharmacology 

 
  Mining + Geo in cooperation with the DGGT- German Society for Geotechnic 
  Political Science Quarterly for the Academy of Political Science 
  World Psychiatry for the World Psychiatric Association 
  Geoscience Data Journal for the Royal Meteorological Society 
  Australian and New Zealand Journal of Family Therapy for Australian Association of Family Therapy  
  Respirology Case Reports, for the Asia Pacific Society of Respirology 
  ACEP News for the American College of Emergency Physicians  
  Clinical Neurology for the Japanese Society of Neurology  
  Radiographer & Spectrum for five years from 2013 
  Sexual  Medicine  and  Sexual  Medicine  Reviews  a  new  start  for  the  International  Society  for  Sexual 

Medicine  

Acquisitions 

 

In  January  2013,  Wiley  acquired  the  assets  of  the  FIZ  Chemie  Berlin,  a  provider  of  online  database 

products for organic and industrial chemists. The products include the ChemInform weekly abstracting 

service  and  reaction  database  (CIRX),  as  well  as  the  abstracting  journal  Chemisches  Zentralblatt,  the 

InfoTherm database of thermophysical properties, and eLearning tools and services. 

 

In May 2012, Wiley acquired Harlan Davidson Inc. (HDI), a small family owned publishing company in 

Wheeling,  IL,  for  approximately  $1.4  million.    The  acquisition  builds  on  Wiley’s  existing  high  quality 

-31- 

 
 
American  History  portfolio,  and  strengthens  growing  curriculum  areas  such  as  World  History,  Atlantic 

History and State History.  Fiscal year 2013 revenue generated by HDI was approximately $0.6 million. 

Open Access Survey and Initiatives 

 

In October 2012, Wiley announced the results of an author survey on open access.  Over ten thousand 

authors  from  Wiley’s  journal  portfolio  responded  to  questions  about  gold  open  access,  where  their 

institution  or  funding  body  pays  a  fee  to  ensure  the  article  is  made  open  access.    The  research 

explored the factors that authors assess when deciding where to publish, and whether to publish gold 

open  access.    Among  the  top  factors  considered  by  authors  were  the  relevance  and  scope  of  the 

journal,  the  journal’s  impact  factor  and  the  international  reach  of  the  journal.    Of  the  10,600 

respondents,  30%  had  published  at  least  one  gold  open  access  paper,  and  79%  stated  that  open 

access was more prevalent in their discipline than three years ago.  Among authors yet to publish open 

access,  the  list  of  reasons  given  included  a  lack  of  high  profile  open  access  journals  (48%),  lack  of 

funding (44%) and concerns about quality (34%).  Authors said they would publish in an open access 

journal  if  it  had  a  high  impact  factor,  if  it  were  well  regarded  and  if  it  had  a  rigorous  peer  review 

process.    Wiley’s  open  access  revenue  grew  approximately  $4  million  in  fiscal  year  2013.    An  open 

access option is available for individual journal articles to authors in 81% of the journals Wily publishes. 

 

In July 2012, Wiley announced that its open access option for individual journal articles, OnlineOpen, 

will  be  available  to  authors  in  81%  of  the  journals  it  publishes.  For  a  publication  service  charge, 

OnlineOpen gives authors the option to publish an open access paper in their journal of choice where it 

will  benefit  from  maximum  impact.  OnlineOpen,  Wiley’s  hybrid  open  access  model  for  subscription 

journals launched in 2004, is available to authors of primary research articles who wish to make their 

article  available  to  non-subscribers  on  publication,  or  whose  funding  agency  requires  grantees  to 

archive  the  final  version  of  their  article.  As  of  April  30,  2013,  OnlineOpen  is  available  in  over  1,200 

subscription journals. 

 

In  June  2012, Wiley  announced  the  creation  of  a  new  role,  the  Vice  President  and  Director  of  Open 

Access,  to  lead  the  Company’s  open  access  initiatives.  Working  with  colleagues,  societies,  funders, 

and academic institutions, the role will facilitate the identification of open access opportunities and lead 

the development of products, policy, technology, processes, sales, and marketing initiatives necessary 

to provide first class support to authors. 

Impact Factors 

In July 2012, the Thomson ISI® 2011 Journal Citation Reports (JCR) showed that Wiley continues to increase 

both  the  number  and  proportion  of  its  journal  titles  with  an  impact  factor,  with  1,156  titles  (76%  of  our  total) 

included.  This  is  up  from  73%  in  the  2010  report.  Impact  factors  are  a  metric  that  reflect  the  frequency  that 

peer-reviewed  journals  are  cited  by  researchers,  making  them  an  important  tool  for  evaluating  a  journal’s 

quality.  Approximately 34% of the JCR Subject Categories have a Wiley Journal ranked in the top three. 

Nobel Prize Winners 

Wiley announced that eight 2012 Nobel Prize winners have published their work with Wiley.  To celebrate the 

achievements of all Nobel winners, Wiley is making a selection of content from this and past years’ winners of 

Nobel Prizes in all areas free to access until the end of the year.  Wiley-published winners include: Sir John B. 

Gurdon,  UK,  and  Professor  Shinya  Yamanaka,  Japan,  awarded  the  Nobel  Prize  in  Physiology  or  Medicine; 

Professor Robert J. Lefkowitz and Professor Brian K. Kobilka, USA, awarded the Nobel Prize in Chemistry; and 

professor Serge Haroche, France, and Dr. David J. Wineland, USA, awarded the Nobel Prize in Physics.  The 

-32- 

 
 
Sveriges Riksbank Prize in Economic Sciences in Memory of Alfred Nobel for 2012 has been awarded jointly to 

Professors Alvin E. Roth and Llyod S. Shapley, of the USA. 

Global Citizenship and Research4Life 

The Company and other Research4Life partners announced that they have agreed to extend their partnership 

through  2020.    Wiley  also  announced  that  its  12,200  online  books  would  be  made  available  through  the 

Research4Life initiatives of HINARI, AGORA and OARE, benefitting research and academic communities in 80 

low-  and middle-income countries.  Research4Life  provides 6,000  institutions  in  developing countries  with free 

or  low  cost  access  to  peer-reviewed  online  content  from  the  world’s  leading  scientific,  technical  and  medical 

publishers.  The  addition  of  Wiley’s  online  books  brings  the  total  number  of  peer  reviewed  scientific  journals, 

books and databases now available through the public-private Research4Life partnership to almost 30,000. 

Professional Development (PD): 

Dollars in thousands 
Books 
Online Training & Assessment 
Other Publishing Income 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses  
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 10) 
Impairment of Consumer Publishing Programs (see Note 11) 
Net Gain on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs (see Note 5) 

(153,411) 
(8,092) 
(7,537) 
            (15,521) 
5,983 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 
CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Contribution Margin  

$86,678 
20.8% 

(40,664) 
(29,187) 
(11,381) 
$5,446 

1.3% 

 2013 
$339,693 
29,854 
46,948 
$416,495 

 2012 
$371,689 
7,553 
48,320 
$427,562 

(151,239) 

(158,841) 

265,256 
63.7% 

268,721 
62.8% 

(154,549) 
(5,741) 
- 
- 
- 

$108,431 
25.4% 

(45,118) 
(25,248) 
(13,011) 
$25,054 

5.9% 

% change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 
-8% 

-9% 

-3% 
-3% 

-5% 

-1% 

-1% 
41% 

-2% 
-2% 

-4% 

-1% 

-1% 
41% 

-20% 

-4% 

-10% 
16% 
-13% 
-78% 

-9% 
16% 
-13% 
-9% 

(a)    Adjusted  to  exclude  the  fiscal  year  2013  restructuring  and  impairment  charges  and  the  net  gain  on  sale  of  the 

consumer publishing programs. 

Revenue: 

PD  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  3%  to  $416.5  million,  or  2%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of 

foreign exchange.  Lower book revenue and other publishing income was partially offset by incremental revenue 

from the acquired Inscape ($18 million)  and ELS ($4 million) online training and assessment businesses.  The 

decline in book revenue was driven by  divested consumer titles ($29 million) and continued softness in global 

retail channels for print books.  Ebook revenue grew 17% in fiscal year 2013 to approximately $47 million.  The 

-33- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
decline  in  other  publishing  income  reflects  lower  advertising  ($2  million)  and  copyright  revenue  ($1  million), 

partially  offset  by  revenue  from  the  Company’s  transition  services  agreements  related  to  the  sales  of  the 

consumer publishing programs ($2 million). 

Total PD revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Americas fell 3% to $328.6 million 
  EMEA was flat at $57.2 million 
  Asia-Pacific fell 1% to $30.7 million 

Total PD Revenue by Major Category (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Business grew 16% to $164.0 million, with solid growth from Inscape and the CFA product launch 
  Divested Consumer titles fell 38% to $45.6 million 
  Consumer-Lifelong Learning titles decreased 10% to $45.5 million  
  Technology was flat with the prior year at $86.3 million 
  Professional Education was flat at $27.7 million 
  Architecture fell 7% to $23.2 million 
  Psychology grew 4% to $13.4 million 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  sales  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  5%  to  $151.2  million,  or  4%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 

foreign exchange.  The decline was driven by lower sales volume in the divested consumer publishing programs 

($12  million),  partially  offset  by  higher  royalty  rates  ($3  million)  and  incremental  costs  from  acquisitions  ($2 

million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross  profit  margin  for  fiscal  year  2013  of  63.7%  was  90  basis  points  higher  than  prior  year  reflecting  higher 

margin digital revenue from acquisitions (140 basis points), partially offset by higher royalty rates. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct  expenses  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  1%  to  $153.4  million  reflecting  planned  headcount  reductions 

($7  million),  cost  containment  initiatives  ($3  million)  and  lower  incentive  compensation  ($1  million),  partially 

offset  by  incremental  costs  from  acquisitions  ($10  million).    The  divestment  of  the  consumer  publishing 

programs contributed $8 million towards the improvement in direct expenses. 

Amortization  of  intangibles  increased  $2.4  million  to  $8.1  million  in  fiscal  year  2013  mainly  due  to  acquired 

intangible assets associated with Inscape. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to profit decreased $19.6 million to $5.4 million in fiscal year 2013.  Contribution margin was 1.3% 

compared  to  5.9%  in  the  prior  year.    Excluding  the  restructuring  and  impairment  charges  and  the  net  gain  on 

sale of the consumer publishing programs the contribution margin declined 50 basis points to 5.4%, principally 

due  to  lower  print  book  revenue  and  higher  technology  costs,  partially  offset  by  cost  containment  and  lower 

distribution costs. 

-34- 

 
 
 
 
Acquisitions and Alliances 

 

In  August  2012,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  of  Trader’s  Library  for  approximately  $1.5  million, 
assuming  sales  for  154  products,  mostly  videos.  Traders'  Library  is  a  book  publishing  and  distribution 

company  targeting  the  full  spectrum  of  the  investment  arena  -  from  individual  investors  and  financial 

advisors to professional traders.  

 

In November 2012, the Company acquired Efficient Learning Systems, Inc. (“ELS”) an e-learning system 

provider  focused  in  the  areas  of  professional  finance  and  accounting,  for  $24  million.   The  acquisition 

helps  Wiley  become  a  leader  in  the  growing  global  online  CPA  exam  preparation  market  and  will 

accelerate  our  e-learning  strategies  with  capabilities  that  can  be  leveraged  with  other  accounting  and 

financial certifications. Revenue report for fiscal year 2013 was $3.7 million, in line with expectations. 

 

 

In  December  2012,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  of  Stevenson,  Inc.,  a  leading  resource  for 

newsletters  and  online  events  in  fundraising,  nonprofit  management,  and  communications.  The  assets 

include six well-respected newsletters and a variety of online events. The acquisition will enable Wiley to 

expand  its  strategy  for  digital  delivery  of  content  to  the  growing  nonprofit  market  globally,  providing 
practical information to nonprofit professionals. 
In the third quarter of fiscal  year 2013, Wiley signed  a Financial Industry Regulatory  Authority (FINRA) 

series  test  preparation  agreement  with  the  Securities  Institute  of  America  (SIA)  to  provide  preparatory 
exam content for financial brokers and advisors. 

Online Training and Assessment Update 

The Company has merged its Inscape and Pfeiffer business into a single Workplace Learning Solutions group.   

Inscape’s performance for fiscal year 2013 exceeded the company’s earnings expectations. The results reflect 

the  Company’s  successful  migration  to  a  new  3rd  generation  Everything  DiSC  application.  Year-over-year 

comparative  revenue  growth  from  Inscape  was  8%.  Sales  through  Inscape’s  North  American  distributor  sales 

channels  grew  7.5%,  while  sales  through  other  global  distributor  channels  increased  8.9%.    The  Company 

added  a  second  product  development  studio,  doubled  the  number  of  assessment-related  training  products 

under development and added leadership focus and brand management resources to our Everything DiSC and 

Leadership Challenge Lines.  

The Company’s indigenous test prep program showed solid growth in fiscal  year 2013 with the addition of the 

Certified Managerial Accountant (CMA) exam prep to our historic and growing CPA Test Prep.   Total revenue 

nearly doubled to $6 million.  During the year, Wiley also completed the acquisition of ELS, a provider of the full 

online CPA Review course ‘CPA Excel’, which contributed revenue of $4 million to the Company’s results.  

Other Product Launches 

  Tax Preparer launched in October 2012.  RTRPTestBank.com contains 1000+ multiple choice questions 
that allow users studying for the Registered Tax Return Preparer exam to create unlimited practice tests 

and  custom  quizzes  in  a  format  similar  to  the  actual  exam.  Candidates  can  purchase  subscriptions 

through the marketing website, PasstheTaxExam.com, which also sells additional products and provides 

social features. 

  CMA  Review  (1st  of  two  phases)  launched  in  October  2012,  WileyCMA.com  provides  Certified 
Management Accountant  exam candidates  with review guides, practice software, study tips, and  exam 

resources.  In partnership with the Institute of Management Accountants (“IMA”), Wiley is responsible for 

production and sales of all CMA review titles.   

  Pfeiffer Assessment Platform Release – an upgrade in September 2012 added 2 new assessments to 
the website (Treasurer Self and Treasurer 360), improved registration functionality and enhanced certain 

administrative tools. 

-35- 

 
 
  Sybex  Video  Training  DVDs  and  Streaming  Websites  -  released  in  September  and  October  2012, 
these products are available as DVD-ROMs, online streaming products, or as downloadable files.  Using 

hands-on  lessons  with  step-by-step  instruction,  the  high-definition  video  training  products  cover  the 

essential  features  of  the  top-selling  software  packages  from  Autodesk,  a  software  and  services 

developer for design, engineering and entertainment professionals. 

Education: 

Dollars in thousands 
Print Books 
Non-Traditional & Digital Content 
Online Program Management (Deltak) 
Other Publishing Income 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 10) 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 
CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT  

Contribution Margin  

 2013 
$184,131 
105,662 
33,745 
10,920 
$334,458 

2012 
$215,679 
88,006 
- 
10,768 
$314,453 

(109,588) 

(106,128) 

$224,870 
67.2% 

(112,779) 
(6,975) 
(1,288) 

$103,828 
31.0% 

(15,277) 
(30,727) 
(7,079) 
$50,745 

15.2% 

$208,325 
66.2% 

(95,791) 
(4,823) 
- 

$107,711 
34.3% 

(15,945) 
(27,572) 
(5,771) 
$58,423 

18.6% 

  % change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 
-14% 
20% 

-15% 
20% 

1% 
6% 

3% 

8% 

18% 
45% 

3% 
7% 

4% 

8% 

18% 
45% 

-4% 

-2% 

-4% 
11% 
23% 
-13% 

-4% 
11% 
23% 
-11% 

(a)   Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2013 restructuring charges. 

Revenue: 

Education revenue for fiscal year 2013 increased 6% to $334.5 million, or 7% excluding the unfavorable impact 

of foreign exchange mainly driven by incremental revenue from the Deltak acquisition ($34 million) and growth 

in  non-traditional  and  digital  content,  partially  offset  by  lower  revenue  from  print  textbooks.    Digital  revenue, 

including  Deltak,  grew  $51.4  million  in  fiscal  year  2013  and  accounted  for  30%  of  total  Education  revenue  in 

fiscal year 2013 as compared to 15% in the prior year. 

Print Books 

Print  book  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  15%  to  $184.1  million,  or  14%  excluding  the  unfavorable 

impact of foreign exchange.  The decrease was mainly driven by enrollment declines, particularly in the for-profit 

sector, and the impact of rentals on the traditional textbook business. 

-36- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Traditional & Digital Content 

Non-traditional and digital  content revenue,  which includes WileyPLUS, eBooks, digital content sold directly  to 

institutions,  binder  editions  and  custom  publishing,  increased  20%  to  $105.7  million  in  fiscal  year  2013.    The 

growth mainly reflects higher revenue from WileyPLUS and eBooks.   

Total Education Revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Americas increased 11% to $250.6, including incremental Deltak revenue of $33.7 million 
  EMEA fell 10% to $19.4 million 
  Asia-Pacific fell 1% to $64.5 million 

Education Revenue by Major Subject* (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Engineering and Computer Science grew 4% to $43.2 million 
  Science declined 11% to $62.2 million 
  Business and Accounting declined 6% to $78.6 million 
  Social Science declined 4% to $49.2 million 
  Math declined 9% to $23.6 million 
  Microsoft Official Academic Course (MOAC) grew 4% to $10.9 million 

*The above excludes approximately $28.1 million in fiscal year 2013 revenue related to the school business 

in Australia and approximately $33.7 million related to Deltak. 

Cost of Sales 

Cost  of  sales  for  fiscal  year  2013  increased  3%  to  $109.6  million,  or  4%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 

foreign  exchange.    The  increase  was  driven  by  incremental  costs  from  the  Deltak  acquisition  ($9  million), 

partially offset by lower print book volume ($4 million) and lower cost digital products ($1 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross  profit  margin  for  fiscal  year  2013  improved  100  basis  points  to  67.2%  principally  due  to  higher  margin 

incremental Deltak revenue (80 basis points) and growth in digital products. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct expenses  increased 18% to $112.8 million in fiscal  year  2013  principally  due to incremental costs from 

the  Deltak  acquisition  ($18  million)  and  employment  costs  ($3  million),  partially  offset  by  cost  containment 

initiatives ($3 million). 

Amortization  of  intangibles  increased  $2.2  million  to  $7.0  million  in  fiscal  year  2013  primarily  due  to  acquired 

intangible assets associated with Deltak. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to profit for fiscal  year 2013  decreased 13% to $50.7 million, or  11% on a currency neutral basis 

and excluding the restructuring charges.  Contribution margin was 15.2%  compared to 18.6% in the prior year 

reflecting  the  restructuring  charges  and  lower  print  textbook  revenue.      Contribution  margin  from  Deltak  of 

approximately  6%  reflects  the  continued  investment  in  new  university  partner  programs  which  are  in  the 

development stage. 

-37- 

 
 
 
 
Deltak Acquisition and Update 

On October 25, 2012, the Company acquired Deltak.edu (“Deltak”) for approximately $220 million, net of cash 

acquired.    Deltak,  one  of  the  leading  Online  Program  Management  (“OPM”)  providers  in  the  United  States, 

contributed $33.7 million in revenue in its first six months as a Wiley entity as compared to approximately $54 

million  in  annual  revenue  at  the  time  of  acquisition.  Deltak  is  a  high-growth  business  that  works  in  close 

partnership  with  leading  colleges  and  universities  to  develop  and  support  fully  online  degree  and  certification 

programs, with tuition revenue being shared by both partners under long-term contracts. The business, founded 

in  1997,  provides  technology  platforms  and  services  including  market  research  validating  program  demand, 

instructional design, marketing, and student recruitment and retention services to leading national and regional 

colleges and universities throughout the United States. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, Deltak added two new university partners.  Since the acquisition closed 

in  October,  Deltak  has  added  five  new  university  partners,  American  University,  Case  Western  Reserve 

University, Queens University of Charlotte, Butler University and  the University of Dayton for a total of 31.   In 

the fourth quarter, Deltak contracted 24 new programs from among new and existing partners. Across Deltak’s 

partner base as of April 30, 2013 there are  approximately 100 revenue-generating programs and 46 programs 

under contract and in development but not yet generating revenue.  Deltak’s business is in a period of significant 

growth  in  market  development,  providing  a  runway  for  continued  high  growth.  During  the  fourth  quarter,  the 

Company received a commitment from Queens University of Charlotte for a campus-wide implementation of the 

Deltak Engage Learning Management system.   

Alliances 

In May 2012, Wiley announced a partnership with Quantum Simulations, Inc., a developer of intelligence-based 

education  products  and  services,  to  offer  intelligent  adaptive  learning  and  assessment  software  with  Wiley’s 

print  and  digital  accounting 

textbooks,  starting  with 

Introductory  Accounting 

through 

Intermediate 

Accounting. Wiley and Quantum will combine advanced intelligence technology, proven pedagogical techniques 

and content expertise to create individualized learning paths for every student. 

Total Shared Services and Administrative Costs  

Dollars in thousands 

2013 

2012 

% Change 

% Change 
w/o FX  

Distribution 
Technology Services 
Finance 
Other Administration 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 10) 
Impairment Charges (see Note 11) 
Total 

$  102,078 
159,063 
43,822 
87,281 
14,557 
5,241 
$  412,042 

$  109,079 
144,418 
45,106 
89,394 
- 
- 
$  387,997 

-6% 
10% 
-3% 
-2% 

-6% 
11% 
-2% 
-2% 

6% 

7% 

Shared services and administrative costs for fiscal year 2013 increased 6% to $412.0 million mainly due to the 

restructuring  and  impairment  charges  ($20  million);  higher  technology  consulting  and  maintenance  costs  ($11 

million)  including  incremental  costs  from  the  Deltak  acquisition  ($2  million);  and  higher  employment  costs  ($2 

million),  partially  offset  by  lower  journal  and  book  distribution  costs  due  to  the  migration  from  print  to  digital 

products  ($4  million)  and  lower  facility  costs  ($2  million).    Restructuring  and  impairment  charges  by  shared 

service  function:  Distribution  ($4  million),  Technology  Services  ($10  million),  Finance  ($2  million)  and  Other 

Administration ($4 million). 

-38- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources – Fiscal year 2013 

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents balance was $334.1 million at the end of fiscal year 2013, compared 

with  $259.8  million  a  year  earlier.  Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  in  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  $42.6 

million to $337.0 million due primarily to changes in operating assets and liabilities ($39 million) and lower net 

income net of non-cash charges ($7 million), partially offset by lower royalty advance payments ($3 million).  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to a disputed income tax deposit paid to German 

tax authorities as discussed in Note 13 ($42 million), lower income taxes payable due to timing of payments and 

a lower provision, and lower Accounts Payable ($10 million) due to cost containment.  Partially offsetting these 

were  lower  incentive  compensation  payments  ($17  million),  lower  inventory  due  to  the  continued  migration  to 

digital  products,  higher  Deferred  Revenue  and  lower  Accounts  Receivable  due  to  improved  collections  and 

lower book revenue. The increase in Deferred Revenue mainly reflects business growth. 

Cash  used  for  investing  activities  for  fiscal  year  2013  was  approximately  $342.5  million  compared  to  $212.1 

million in fiscal year 2012. The Company invested $263.3 million in acquisitions, net of cash acquired, compared 

to $92.2 million in the prior year primarily reflecting $220.5 million for the Deltak acquisition and $23.9 million for 

the  ELS  acquisition.  During  fiscal  2013  the  Company  received  proceeds  of  $29.9  million  from  selling  certain 

consumer  publishing  assets  comprised  primarily  of  the  Travel  program  for  $22  million,  and  the  Culinary, 

CliffsNotes and Websters New World consumer publishing programs for $11 million, of which $3.3 million and 

$1.1  million  remain  in  escrow,  respectively.  Cash  used  for  technology,  property  and  equipment decreased  to 

$58.7 million in fiscal year 2013 compared to $67.4 million in the prior year. 

Cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  $90.4  million  in  fiscal  year  2013,  as  compared  to  a  use  of  $104.7 

million  in  fiscal  year  2012.  The  Company’s  net  debt  (debt  less  cash  and  cash  equivalents)  increased  $123.7 

million  from  the  prior  fiscal  end  mainly  due  to  funds  borrowed  to  finance  the  acquisitions  of  Deltak  and  ELS.  

These  acquisitions  were  funded  through  the  use  of  the  existing  credit  facility  and  available  cash  and  did  not 

have an impact on the Company’s ability to meet other operating, investing and financing needs. During fiscal 

year 2013, net borrowings were $198.0 million compared to $20.8 million in the prior year period.  In fiscal year 

2013,  the  Company  repurchased  1,846,873  shares  at  an  average  price  of  $39.92  compared  to  1,864,700 

shares  at  an  average  price  of  $46.69  in  the  prior  year.  The  Company  increased  its  quarterly  dividend  to 

shareholders  by  20%  to  $0.24  per  share  in  fiscal  year  2013  from  $0.20  per  share  in  the  prior  year.  Proceeds 

from stock option exercises increased $8.9 million to $24.2 million in fiscal 2013. 

The notional amount of the interest rate swap agreement associated with the Term Loan and Revolving Credit 

Facility  was  $250  million  as  of  April  30,  2013.  It  is  management's  intention  that  the  notional  amount  of  the 

interest  rate  swap  be  less  than  the  Term  Loan  and  Revolving  Credit  Facility  outstanding  during  the  life  of  the 

derivative. 

The  Company’s  operating  cash  flow  is  affected  by  the  seasonality  and  timing  of  receipts  from  its  Research 

journal  subscriptions  and  its  Education  business.  Cash  receipts  for  calendar  year  Research  subscription 

journals  occur  primarily  from  December  through  March.  Reference  is  made  to  the  Credit  Risk  section,  which 

follows,  for  a  description  of  the  impact  on  the  Company  as  it  relates  to  independent  journal  agents’  financial 

position  and  liquidity.  Sales  primarily  in  the  U.S.  higher  education  market  tend  to  be  concentrated  in  June 

through  August,  and  again  in  November  through  January.  Due  to  this  seasonality,  the  Company  normally 

requires increased funds for working capital from May through September. 

-39- 

 
 
The Company has adequate cash and cash equivalents available, as well as short-term lines of credit to finance 

its short-term seasonal working capital requirements. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet debt. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents held outside the U.S. were approximately $324.6 million as of April 30, 2013. The 

balances were comprised primarily of Pound Sterling, Euros, and Australian dollars. Maintenance of these non-

U.S. dollar cash balances does not have a material impact on the liquidity or capital resources of the Company. 

As described in Note 14, on October 18, 2012 the Company increased its credit limit under the Revolving Credit 

Facility  from  $700  million  to  $825  million  which  matures  on  November  2,  2016.    As  of  April  30,  2013,  the 

Company  had  approximately  $673.0  million  of  debt  outstanding  and  approximately  $162  million  of  unused 

borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit  and other facilities. The Company  believes that  operating cash 

flow,  together  with  the  revolving  credit  facilities  and  other  available  debt  financing,  will  be  adequate  to  meet 

operating,  investing  and  financing  needs  in  the  foreseeable  future,  although  there  can  be  no  assurance  that 

continued or increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our ability to access these 

markets on terms that are commercially acceptable. 

The Company’s working capital can be negative due to the seasonality of its businesses. The primary driver of 

the  negative  working  capital  is  unearned  deferred  revenue  related  to  subscriptions  for  which  cash  has  been 

collected  in  advance.  Cash  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions  is  used  by  the  Company  for  a  number  of 

purposes  including  acquisitions;  debt  repayments;  funding  operations;  dividends  payments;  and  purchasing 

treasury  shares.  The  deferred  revenue  will  be  recognized  in  income  as  the  products  are  shipped  or  made 

available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2013 include 

$363.0 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

Projected  capital  spending  for  Technology,  Property  and  Equipment  and  Composition  for  fiscal  year  2014  is 

forecast  to  be  approximately  $70  million  and  $49  million,  respectively,  primarily  to  create  new  and  enhance 

existing digital products and system functionality  that  will drive future business growth.  Projected spending  for 

author advances, which is classified as an operating activity, for fiscal year 2014 is forecast to be approximately 

$110 million. 

Fiscal Year 2012 Summary Results 

Throughout  this  report,  references  to  amounts  “excluding  foreign  exchange”,  “currency  neutral  basis”  and 

“performance  basis”  exclude  both  foreign  currency  translation  effects  and  transactional  gains  and  losses. 

Foreign  currency  translation  effects  are  based  on  the  change  in  average  exchange  rates  for  each  reporting 

period multiplied by the current period’s volume of activity in local currency for each non-U.S. location.  For fiscal 

years 2012 and 2011, the average exchange rates to convert British Pounds  sterling to U.S. dollars were 1.59 

and  1.56,  respectively.    The  average  exchange  rates  to  convert  Euros  into  U.S.  dollars  for  the  same  periods 

were 1.37 and  1.33, respectively.   Unless otherwise  noted,  all  variance explanations below are on a currency 

neutral basis. 

Revenue, Cost of Sales and Gross Profit: 

Revenue for fiscal year 2012 increased 2% to $1,782.7 million, or 1% excluding the favorable impact of foreign 

exchange.  On  a  currency  neutral  basis,  growth  in  Research  was  partially  offset  by  declines  in  Professional 

Development (“PD”) and Education.  

Cost of sales for fiscal year 2012 of $543.4 million increased 1%, but was flat excluding the unfavorable impact 

of foreign exchange 

-40- 

 
 
Gross  profit  margin  for  fiscal  year  2012  of  69.5%  was  40  basis  points  higher  than  prior  year  mainly  due  to 

increased  sales  of  higher  margin  digital  products  in  PD  and  Research,  partially  offset  by  higher  composition 

costs  in  Education  to  support  business  growth.  Approximately  40%  of  the  Company’s  revenue  for  fiscal  year 

2012 was generated from digital products and services, as compared to 37% in the prior year.  

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2012 of $922.2 million were 1% higher than prior year, or 

flat excluding the unfavorable  impact of foreign exchange.  Lower  employment  costs ($7 million)  mainly due to 

accrued incentive compensation; lower distribution costs ($4 million) and lower travel and advertising costs due 

to  cost  containment  initiatives  ($3  million);  were  offset  by  higher  technology  costs  ($13 million);  and  other  ($1 

million), mainly higher Research editorial costs to support business growth.  

On February 16, 2011, Borders Group, Inc. (“Borders”) filed a petition for reorganization relief under Chapter 11 

of  the  U.S.  Bankruptcy  Code.  Accordingly,  in  fiscal  year  2011  the  Company  recorded  a  pre-tax  bad  debt 

provision of $9.3 million, or $6.0 million after tax ($0.10 per share), within the  PD reporting segment related to 

Borders. The provision represented the Company’s outstanding receivable with Borders, net of existing reserves 

and recoveries. There were no additional charges or bad debt expense with respect to this customer. 

Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization  of  intangibles  increased  $1.5  million  to  $36.8  million,  or  $1.1  million  excluding  the  unfavorable 

impact of foreign exchange.  The increase was mainly driven by incremental amortization related to the Inscape 

acquisition. 

Operating Income: 

Operating income for fiscal year 2012 increased 13% to $280.4 million, or 6% excluding the unfavorable impact 

of foreign exchange and the prior year Borders bad debt provision mainly due to the top-line results and higher 

gross profit margins. 

Interest Expense/Income, Foreign Exchange and Other: 

Interest  expense  for  fiscal  year  2012  decreased  $8.3  million  to  $9.0  million.  Lower  interest  rates  and  lower 

average debt contributed approximately $4.2 million and $4.1 million to the decrease, respectively.  Losses on 

foreign  currency  transactions  primarily  due  to  intercompany  loans  in  currencies  other  than  U.S.  dollars  were 

$2.3 million and $2.2 million for fiscal  years 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Interest income and other for fiscal 

year  2012  increased  $0.6  million  to  $3.0  million  mainly  due  to  a  favorable  copyright  infringement  settlement 

received by the Company in fiscal year 2012. 

Provision for Income Taxes: 

The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2012 was 21.8% compared to 25.6% in the prior year.  During fiscal years 

2012  and  2011,  the  Company  recorded  non-cash  deferred  tax  benefits  of  $8.8  million  ($0.14  per  share)  and 

$4.2 million ($0.07 per share), respectively, principally associated  with new tax legislation enacted in the U.K. 

that  reduced  the  U.K.  statutory  income  tax rates  by  2%  and  1%,  respectively.  The  benefits  recognized  by  the 

Company reflect the remeasurement of all applicable U.K. deferred tax balances to the new income tax rates as 

of  April  1,  2012  and  2011,  respectively.  In  addition,  in  fiscal  year  2012  due  to  the  expiration  of  the  statute  of 

limitations  the  Company  also  released  an  income  tax  reserve  of  approximately  $7.5  million  ($0.12  per  share) 

-41- 

 
 
originally recorded in conjunction with the purchase accounting for the Blackwell acquisition.  Excluding the tax 

benefits described above, the Company’s effective tax rate for fiscal year 2012 was 27.8% compared to 27.4% 

in  the  prior  year.  The  increase  was  mainly  due  to  state  net  operating  loss  benefits  of  $1.9  million  ($0.03  per 

share) recognized by the Company in the prior year, partially offset by higher tax benefits on non-U.S. earnings 

in the current year. 

Earnings Per Share: 

Earnings  per  diluted  share  for  fiscal  years  2012  and  2011  were  $3.47  and  $2.80,  respectively.  Excluding  the 

effects of favorable foreign exchange ($0.08), the prior year Borders bad debt provision ($0.10), the changes in 

fiscal year 2012 and 2011 deferred tax benefits associated with the U.K. corporate income tax rates ($0.07) and 

the fiscal year 2012 tax reserve release ($0.12), earnings per diluted share increased 11% or $0.30 per share. 

Fiscal Year 2012 Segment Results 

Research: 

Dollars in thousands 
Journal Subscriptions 
Books 
Other Publishing Income 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 
CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT  

Contribution Margin  

Revenue: 

 2012 
$650,938 
179,204 
210,585 
$1,040,727 

 2011 
$621,551 
175,611 
201,740 
$998,902 

(278,427) 

(268,971) 

762,300 
73.2% 

(283,840) 
(26,186) 

$452,274 
43.5% 

(47,995) 
(65,734) 
(21,085) 
$317,460 

30.5% 

729,931 
73.1% 

(280,028) 
(25,106) 

$424,797 
42.5% 

(52,101) 
(63,820) 
(17,820) 
$291,056 

29.1% 

% change 

5% 
2% 
4% 
4% 

4% 

4% 

1% 
4% 

6% 

-8% 
3% 
18% 
9% 

% change 

w/o FX 
2% 
1% 
3% 
2% 

2% 

2% 

0% 
4% 

4% 

-9% 
3% 
16% 
6% 

Research revenue for fiscal year 2012 increased 4% to $1,040.7 million, or 2% excluding the favorable impact 

of foreign exchange.  The growth was driven by journal subscriptions, books and other publishing income. 

Journal Subscriptions 

Journal subscription revenue for fiscal year 2012 increased 5% to $650.9 million, or 2% excluding the favorable 

impact of foreign exchange. The growth was mainly driven by  increased subscriptions ($7 million), new society 

business  ($4  million)  and  the  timing  of  production  scheduling  ($2  million).  As  of  April  30,  2012,  receipts  for 

calendar  year  2012  journal  subscriptions  grew  approximately  3%  over  calendar  year  2011  with  approximately 

95% of expected calendar year 2012 subscription receipts received.   

-42- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Books 

Book  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2012  increased  2%  to  $179.2  million,  or  1%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 

foreign  exchange.  The  growth  was  driven  by  higher  digital  reference  and  eBook  sales  ($6  million)  and  lower 

returns ($2 million), partially offset by a decline in print books ($5 million). 

Other Publishing Income 

Other publishing income for fiscal year 2012 of $210.6 million increased 4% over prior year, or 3% on a currency 

neutral  basis.  The  improvement  was  driven  by  increased  sales  of  rights  ($5  million),  journal  advertising  ($2 

million)  and  pay-per-view  access  ($2 million),  partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  reprints  ($1  million)  and  backfiles 

($1 million). 

Total Research Revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Americas grew 3% to $392.1 million 
  EMEA grew 1% to $580.9 million 
  Asia-Pacific grew 4% to $67.7 million 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  sales  for  fiscal  year  2012  increased  4%  to  $278.4  million,  or  2%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of 

foreign exchange.  The increase was mainly driven by higher royalty rates, partially offset by the transition from 

print to digital products. 

Gross Profit: 

Gross profit margin for fiscal year 2012 improved 10 basis points to 73.2%.  The improvement was mainly driven 

by increased sales of higher margin digital products (50 basis points), partially offset by higher royalty rates (40 

basis points). 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct  expenses  of  $283.8  million  increased  1%  from  the  prior  year,  but  was  flat  excluding  the  unfavorable 

impact  of  foreign  exchange.    Lower  accrued  incentive  compensation  ($4  million)  and  lower  travel  and 

advertising costs due to cost containment initiatives ($2 million) were offset by higher editorial costs  ($3 million) 

and  additional  headcount  ($2  million)  to  support  business  growth;  and  a  bad  debt  provision  related  to  an 

outstanding receivable with a university in Iran ($1 million).  

Amortization  of  intangibles  increased  $1.1  million  to  $26.2  million  for  fiscal  year  2012  mainly  due  to  the 

acquisition of publication rights for new society journals. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to profit increased 9% to $317.5 million, or 6% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange.  

Contribution margin improved  140 basis points to  30.5% in fiscal year 2012.  The improvement was driven by 

the top-line results and higher gross profit margins. 

Society Partnerships 

  24 new society journals were signed with combined annual revenue of approximately $9 million  
  103 renewals/extensions were signed with approximately $45 million in combined annual revenue 
  7 journals were not renewed in fiscal year 2012 which had combined annual revenue of approximately 

$1 million   

-43- 

 
 
New Society Contracts 

  The Reading Teacher, Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, and Reading Research Quarterly, for the 

International Reading Association  

  TESOL  Quarterly  and  TESOL  Journal,  for  Teachers  of  English  to  Speakers  of  Other  Languages 

(TESOL)  

  The Hastings Center Report, a leading journal in applied ethics, covering areas such as bioethics and 

the environment  

International Journal of Pediatric Obesity, for the International Association for the Study of Obesity  

  Symbolic Interaction, for the Society for the Study of Symbolic Interaction  
 
  PsyCh Journal, for the Institute of Psychology, Chinese Academy of Sciences (IPCAS), China's national 
psychology  research  institute.  The  journal  will  be  the  first  English-language  Psychology  journal  to 

appear from China.  

  Four new titles added to our existing partnership with the Policy Studies Organisation:  Policy & Internet, 
Poverty & Public Policy, Risk, Hazards & Crisis in Public Policy, and World Medical & Health Policy.  

  European Journal of Pain for the European Federation of IASP Chapters (EFIC)  
  Pharmacotherapy, for the American College of Clinical Pharmacists  
  Rehabilitation Nursing Journal, for the Association of Rehabilitation Nurses (ARN)  
  British Journal of Educational Technology, for the British Educational Research Association (BERA)  
  Oceania and Archaeology in Oceania, for the University of Sydney  
  Biology of the Cell for the French Society for Cell Biology and the French Society for Microscopy  
 

Journal  of the  American Heart Association for the American Heart Association  – the first open access 

online-only journal for the AHA. The online journal has been launched on-time and on-budget. This is a 

new society relationship for Research.  

  British Educational Research Journal (BERJ) and a new-start review journal for the British Educational 
Research  Association  (BERA). BERA  is  the  largest  educational  research  organization  outside  of  the 

U.S., with 1,800 members.  

  Obesity, for The Obesity Society  
 

Journal for the Society for Information Display (SID) 

Alliances 

  Strategic alliance with CECity, Inc. to provide healthcare professionals with new, customized quality and 
information  technology  platforms  that  link  job 

learning  solutions.  CECity  provides  healthcare 

performance improvement, lifelong learning, and quality reporting to drive high-quality clinical outcomes 

and  patient  care.  This  partnership  will  employ  CECity’s  market-leading  technology  capabilities  with 

Wiley’s  quality  content  to  develop  personalized  eLearning  and  job  performance  improvement  services 

for healthcare professionals.   

New Product and Service Launches 

 

In September 2011, Wiley launched the Wiley Job Network – a new online recruitment tool that enables 

employers to attract talented applicants from high-caliber users in science, technology, healthcare, law, 

and business. Recruiters and employers who advertise jobs on our network of career sites reach a large 

pool  of  talented  professionals  and  specialists  who  are  regular  users  of  one  of  the  world’s  leading 

research platforms, Wiley Online Library. 

Digital Update 

  Digital revenue accounted for 61% of total Research revenue in fiscal year 2012.  
  The Wiley  Job  Network  has  surpassed  50,000  registered  users  and  over  2  million  job  views  since  its 

launch in September. 

-44- 

 
 
  Total articles accessed on Wiley Online Library increased 26%. 

Research Journal Quality and Impact Factors 

 

In  June, Wiley  announced  that  the  number  of  journal  titles  with  an  impact  factor  in  the  Thomson  ISI® 

2010  Journal  Citation  Reports  increased  7%  to  1,087  titles,  of  which  317  are  ranked  in  the  top  ten. 

Approximately 73% of Wiley’s journal portfolio has a reported impact factor.  Impact Factor is a leading 

evaluator  of  journal  influence  and  impact,  as  it  reflects  the  frequency  that  peer-reviewed  journals  are 
cited by researchers.  

Professional Development (PD): 

Dollars in thousands 
Books 
Online Training & Assessment 
Other Publishing Income 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses  
Amortization of Intangibles 
Additional Provision for Doubtful Trade Account (see Note 12) 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 
CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Contribution Margin  

 2012 
$371,689 
7,553 
48,320 
$427,562 

 2011 
$384,921 
- 
46,077 
$430,998 

(158,841) 

(165,351) 

268,721 
62.8% 

(154,549) 
(5,741) 
- 

$108,431 
25.4% 

(45,118) 
(25,248) 
(13,011) 
$25,054 

5.9% 

265,647 
61.6% 

(159,047) 
(5,279) 
(9,290) 

$92,031 
21.4% 

(46,519) 
(23,858) 
(11,684) 
9,970 

2.3% 

% change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 
-4% 

-3% 

5% 
-1% 

-4% 

1% 

-3% 
9% 

5% 
-1% 

-4% 

1% 

-3% 
9% 

18% 

7% 

-3% 
6% 
11% 
151% 

-4% 
5% 
11% 
32% 

   (a)  Adjusted to exclude fiscal year 2011 bad debt provision of $9.3 million related to Borders. 

Revenue: 

PD  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2012  declined  1%  to  $427.6  million.  On  a  currency  neutral  basis,  book  revenue 

decreased 4% to $371.7 million, while other publishing income grew  5% to $48.3 million.  The decline in book 

revenue  was  mainly  driven  by  softness  in  the  consumer  line  ($8  million)  and  declines  in  technology  and 

business ($2 million).  The declines in consumer, technology and business were due to the residual effects of 

the  Borders’  bankruptcy,  including  liquidation  sales  which  we  believe  were  completed  by  mid-September  and 

the  inclusion  of  sales  to  Borders  in  the  prior  year,  combined  with  a  weak  global  economy  and  reduced  shelf-

space  for  print  titles.    Online  training  and  assessment  revenue  includes  the  incremental  revenue  from  the 

Company’s  acquisition  of  Inscape  on  February  16,  2012  ($3  million).    Growth  in  other  publishing  income  is 

primarily due to increased revenue from advertising and distribution services. 

Total PD revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Americas were flat at $337.7 million 
  EMEA fell 5% to $58.0 million 
  Asia-Pacific fell 1% to $31.9 million 

-45- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total PD Revenue by Major Category (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Business grew 2% to $141.6 million 
  Consumer fell 6% to $123.1 million due in large part to Borders and the weak global economy 
  Technology fell 1% to $87.1 million 
  Professional Education was flat with the prior year at $28.0 million 
  Architecture was flat with the prior year at $25.0 million 
  Psychology declined 3% to $13.0 million 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost of sales for fiscal year 2012 declined 4% to $158.8 million reflecting the decline in book revenue. 

Gross Profit: 

Gross  profit  margin  for  fiscal  year  2012  improved  120  basis  points  to  62.8%.  The  improvement  was  mainly 

driven  by  increased  eBook  sales  (70  basis  points),  high  margin  incremental  revenue  from  the  Inscape 

acquisition (20 basis points) and lower composition costs (30 basis points). 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct expenses for fiscal year 2012 decreased  3% to $154.5 million.  The improvement was principally driven 

by lower sales, marketing and advertising costs due to cost containment initiatives ($2 million), a reduction in the 

bad debt provision for other retail accounts ($2 million) and lower accrued incentive compensation ($1 million). 

Amortization  of  intangibles  increased  $0.5  million  to  $5.7  million  from  fiscal  year  2012  mainly  due  to  acquired 

intangible assets associated with Inscape. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to profit for fiscal year 2012 increased  151% to $25.1 million, or 32% on a currency neutral basis 

and  excluding  the  Borders  bad  debt  provision  in  the  prior  year.    Contribution  margin  for  fiscal  year  2012  was 

5.9% as compared to 2.3% in the prior year.  On a currency neutral basis and excluding the Borders bad debt 

provision in the prior year, contribution margin improved 150 basis points reflecting higher gross profit margins 

and lower direct expenses.  

Alliances 

Wiley  (Pfeiffer)  partnered  with  CPP,  a  leader  in  research,  training,  and  organizational  development  tools  for  a 

jointly developed Leadership Plus Report. The product, built on the integration of Wiley's Leadership Practices 

Inventory® (LPI®)  and  CPP's  Myers-Briggs®  personality  assessment,  combines  the  LPI's  in-depth  view  of 

applied  leadership  behavior  practices  through  360-degree  feedback  with  the  Myers-Briggs  self-evaluation  and 

insight into personality. 

Acquisitions 

In February 2012, Wiley  acquired Inscape Holdings,  a leading global provider of workplace learning solutions, 

for  approximately  $85  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  The  acquisition  will  combine  Wiley's  reservoir  of 

valuable content and global reach in leadership and training with Inscape's technology, distribution network, and 

talent  expertise,  including  the  innovative  EPIC  online  assessment-delivery  platform  and  an  elite  network  of 

nearly 1,700 independent consultants, trainers, and coaches. Inscape was generating approximately $20 million 

-46- 

 
 
annually in revenue prior to the acquisition.  Inscape derives approximately two-thirds of its revenue from digital 

products and services. 

Consumer Divestiture 

In March 2012, Wiley announced that it intends to explore opportunities to sell a number of its consumer print 

and  digital  publishing  assets  as  they  no  longer  align  with  the  company’s  long-term  strategy.  Fiscal  Year  2012 

revenue associated with the assets to be sold was approximately $80 million with a direct contribution to profit, 

before  shared-service  expenses,  of  approximately  $6  million.  Assets  include  travel  (including  the  well-known 

Frommer’s  brand),  culinary,  general  interest,  nautical,  pets,  crafts,  Webster’s  New  World,  and  Cliff’s  Notes.  

Wiley  will  re-deploy  resources  in  its  Professional  Development  business  to  build  on  its  global  market-leading 

positions  in  business,  finance,  accounting,  leadership,  technology,  architecture,  psychology,  education,  and 

through the For Dummies brand. 

Digital Update 

  Digital revenue includes eBooks, online advertising, content-enabled services and content licensing. 
  Digital revenue accounted for 15% of total PD revenue, up from 10% in the prior year. 
  eBook sales increased approximately 70% over prior  year to  approximately $40 million, or 9% of total 
PD  revenue.    Strong  eBook  growth  came  from  all  accounts,  notably  Amazon,  Barnes  and  Noble  and 

Apple. 

Education: 

Dollars in thousands 
Print Books 
Non-Traditional & Digital Content 
Other Publishing Income 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 
CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT  

Contribution Margin  

Revenue: 

 2012 
$215,679 
88,006 
10,768 
$314,453 

2011 
$219,082 
83,893 
9,676 
$312,651 

(106,128) 

(104,721) 

$208,325 
66.2% 

(95,791) 
(4,823) 

$107,711 
34.3% 

(15,945) 
(27,572) 
(5,771) 
$58,423 

18.6% 

$207,930 
66.5% 

(98,583) 
(4,838) 

$104,509 
33.4% 

(14,393) 
(21,840) 
(5,179) 
$63,097 

20.2% 

% change 

-2% 
5% 
11% 
1% 

1% 

0% 

-3% 
0% 

3% 

11% 
26% 
11% 
-7% 

% change 
w/o FX 
-3% 
5% 
6% 
-1% 

0% 

-1% 

-4% 
0% 

2% 

8% 
26% 
8% 
-9% 

Education revenue for fiscal year 2012 increased 1% to $314.5 million, but declined 1% excluding the favorable 

impact  of  foreign  exchange.  The  decline  reflects  lower  revenue  from  print  books,  partially  offset  by  growth  in 

non-traditional and digital content revenue and other publishing income. 

-47- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Print Books 

Print book revenue for fiscal year 2012 decreased 2% to $215.7 million, or 3% excluding the favorable impact of 

foreign  exchange.  The  decline  was  driven  by  lower  enrollments  in  for-profit  institutions  due  to  government 

scrutiny over recruiting practices, prior year rental stock build-up and lower demand outside the U.S. 

Non-Traditional & Digital Content 

Non-traditional and digital  content revenue,  which includes WileyPLUS, eBooks, digital content sold directly  to 

institutions,  binder  editions  and  custom  publishing,  increased  5%  to  $88.0  million  in  fiscal  year  2012.    The 

growth was principally driven by  increased sales of custom textbooks and eBooks, which grew 36% over prior 

year. 

Total Education Revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Americas grew 1% to $226.9 million 
  EMEA fell 9% to $21.7 million 
  Asia-Pacific fell 3% to $65.8 million 

Total Education Revenue by Major Subject (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Engineering and Computer Science fell 1% to $41.8 million 
  Science grew 3% to $70.1 million 
  Business and Accounting was flat with the prior year at $84.0 million 
  Social Science declined 6% to $51.4 million 
  Math fell 4% to $25.9 million 
  Microsoft Official Academic Couse (MOAC) decreased 4% to $10.6 million 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost of sales increased 1% to $106.1 million, but was flat excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange. 

Gross Profit: 

Gross profit margin for fiscal year 2012 declined 30 basis points to 66.4% principally due to higher composition 

costs.  

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct expenses for fiscal year 2012 decreased 3% to $95.8 million, or 4% excluding the unfavorable impact of 

foreign exchange. The decrease was mainly driven by lower employment costs mainly due to accrued incentive 

compensation  ($5  million),  partially  offset  by  higher  sales  and  marketing  costs  ($1  million).    Amortization  of 

intangibles was flat for fiscal year 2012 at $4.8 million. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to profit for fiscal year 2012 decreased 7% to $58.4 million, or 9% excluding the favorable impact of 

foreign  exchange.  Contribution  margin  fell  160  basis  points  to  18.6%  in  fiscal  year  2012  mainly  due  to  higher 

technology and distribution costs.  

Acquisitions and Alliances 

  An  alliance  agreement  was  signed  with  Blackboard,  which  will  provide  instructors  and  students  with 
direct access to WileyPLUS through the Blackboard learning management system. The collaboration will 

provide  a  seamless  experience  between  Wiley  course  materials  and  the  campus  environment.  In 

-48- 

 
 
addition,  thirty-one  institutions  are  evaluating  a  new  integration  for  using  digital  learning  content  from 

Wiley  with  Blackboard  Inc.’s  learning  management  system  (LMS).  The  field  trial  gives  students  and 

faculty  access  to Wiley’s  rich  collection  of  learning  content  and  tools  directly  within  their  online  course 

environment.  The  field  trial  involves  students,  faculty  and  campus  administrators  across  42  courses  at 

two and four-year higher education institutions in the U.S. and Canada. The integration is expected to be 

fully available globally in summer 2012. In March 2012, the Company signed a new partnership with the 

National  Environmental  Health  Association  (NEHA),  MindLeaders,  and  Prometric  to  offer  Food  Safety 

training  and  certification.  The  three  partners  are  leaders  in  their  fields:    NEHA  is  a  70-year  old 

association  of  health  departments,  concentrating  on  the  inspection  of  restaurants  and  foodservice 

operations in the area of food safety; MindLeaders is a global e-Learning company; and Prometric is a 

worldwide leader in testing and certification.   

  Wiley  acquired  the  newsletter  National  Teaching  &  Learning  Forum  (NTLF)  and  launched  two  2012 
NTLF  issues  on  Wiley  Online  Library  in  March.  The  NTLF  is  a  subscription  fee-based  newsletter  that 

serves to “create a sustained and sustaining conversation about teaching and learning.” 

Wiley Learning Institute 

In February 2012, Wiley announced the launch of Wiley Learning Institute™ (www.WileyLearningInstitute.com), 

a  new  service  center  that  provides  essential  knowledge,  ideas,  and  best  practices  to  promote  professional 

learning  for  faculty  and  campus  leaders.  The  online  center  leverages  content,  expertise,  and  resources  from 

across  Wiley's  global  businesses  to  enable  them  to  excel  in  their  work,  fulfill  the  education  mission  of  their 

institutions,  and  provide  additional  opportunities  to  enhance  teaching  and  learning.  Wiley  Learning  Institute 

employs  the  latest  technologies  to  provide  participants  with  interactive  workshops,  applied  learning  labs,  one-

on-one  coaching  programs,  and  an  online,  collaborative  community  of  researchers,  thought  leaders,  and 

professionals across multiple disciplines. 

Digital Update 

  Digital revenue accounted for 16% of Education’s business in fiscal year 2012. 
  Revenue for WileyPLUS fell 2% to approximately $32 million mainly due to a sharp decline in for-profit 

enrolment.  

  eBook sales grew 36% to approximately $17 million. 

Total Shared Services and Administrative Costs  

Dollars in thousands 

Distribution 
Technology Services 
Finance 
Other Administration 
Total 

2012 

2011 

% Change 

% Change 
w/o FX 

$  109,079 
144,418 
45,106 
89,394 
$  387,997 

$ 113,010  
125,766 
45,243 
89,170 
$  373,189 

-3% 
15% 
0% 
0% 
4% 

-5% 
14% 
-2% 
-1% 
3% 

Shared services and administrative costs for fiscal year 2012 increased 4% to $388.0 million, or 3% excluding 

the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.    The  increase  mainly  reflects  higher  technology  costs  to  support 

investments  in  digital  products  and  infrastructure  ($13  million)  and  higher  employment  costs  due  to  new  hires 

and merit increases ($7 million). These increases were partially offset by lower accrued incentive compensation 

($6 million), lower distribution costs due to the continued migration from print to digital products ($4 million) and 

other ($1 million), mainly lower professional fees.  

-49- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources – Fiscal year 2012 

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents balance was $259.8 million at the end of fiscal year 2012, compared 

with $201.9 million a year earlier. Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2012 increased $4.0 million 

to  $379.6  million  due  primarily  to  higher  net  income  net  of  non-cash  charges  ($24  million),  mostly  offset  by 

changes in operating assets and liabilities ($13 million) and higher royalty advance payments ($7 million).   

Changes  in  operating  assets  and  liabilities  were  primarily  due  to  lower  accrued  expenses  ($29  million) 

principally accrued  incentive compensation; lower Deferred Revenue ($13 million) and lower royalties  payable 

($7 million) due to higher royalty advance payments, partially offset by lower Accounts Receivable ($15 million) 

due to  improved collections, higher income taxes payable ($12 million) and lower inventories ($3 million). The 

decrease in Deferred Revenue reflects the timing of subscription cash collections primarily due to  accelerated 

collections in the prior year. 

Cash  used  for  investing  activities  for  fiscal  year  2012  was  approximately  $212.0  million  compared  to  $113.0 

million  in  fiscal  year  2011.  The  Company  invested  $92.2  million  in  the  acquisition  of  publishing  businesses, 

assets  and  rights  compared  to  $7.2  million  in  the  prior  year  primarily  reflecting  the  $85  million  paid  for  the 

Inscape acquisition (See Note 4). This acquisition was funded through the use of the existing credit facility and 

available  cash  and  did  not  have  an  impact  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  meet  other  operating,  investing  and 

financing needs. Cash used for technology, property and equipment  increased $12.9 million in fiscal year 2012 

versus  the  prior  year  mainly  reflecting  increased  investments  in  technology  to  support  new  products  and 

business growth and leasehold improvements on new facilities.  

Cash used in financing activities was $104.7 million in fiscal year 2012, as compared to $230.0 million in fiscal 

year  2011.  The  Company’s  net  debt  (debt  less  cash  and  cash  equivalents)  decreased  $37.2  million  from  the 

prior fiscal year end.  During fiscal year 2012, net borrowings were $20.8 million compared to net payments of 

$194.8 million in the prior year period.  In fiscal 2012, cash was used primarily to fund the Inscape acquisition, 

repurchase  treasury  shares  and  pay  dividends  to  shareholders,  partially  offset  by  proceeds  on  stock  option 

exercises.  In  fiscal  year  2012,  the  Company  repurchased  1,864,700  shares  at  an  average  price  of  $46.69 

compared  to  577,405  shares  at  an  average  price  of  $48.42  in  the  prior  year.  The  Company  increased  its 

quarterly  dividend  to  shareholders  by  25%  to  $0.20  per  share  in  fiscal  year  2012  from  $0.16  per  share  in  the 

prior year. Proceeds from stock option exercises decreased $12.5 million to $15.3 million in fiscal 2012. 

On  November  2,  2011,  the  Company  amended  and  restated  its  existing  credit  facility  with  Bank  of  America  - 

Merrill Lynch and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as joint lead arrangers and Bank of America as administrative 

agent. The  new  agreement  consists  of  a  $700  million  five-year  senior  revolving  credit  facility,  which  can  be 

drawn  in  multiple  currencies.  The  proceeds  of  the  new  revolving  credit  facility  were  used  to  pay  down  the 

Company’s  prior  credit  facility  and  meet  seasonal  operating  cash  requirements. The  Company  also  has  the 

option to request a credit limit increase of up to $250 million in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the 

approval  of  the  lenders.  The  amended  credit  agreement  contains  certain  restrictive  covenants  related  to  the 

Company’s  consolidated  leverage  ratio  and  interest  coverage  ratio.  Due  to  the  fact  that  there  are  no  principal 

payments due until the end of the amended agreement in fiscal year 2017, the Company has classified its entire 

debt obligation as long-term as of April 30, 2012. See Note 14 for further discussion of the debt arrangement. 

The aggregate notional amount of interest rate swap agreements associated with the Term Loan and Revolving 

Credit Facility were $375.0 million as of April 30, 2012.  It is management's intention that the notional amount of 

the interest rate swap be less than the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility outstanding during the life of the 

derivatives. 

-50- 

 
 
The  Company’s  operating  cash  flow  is  affected  by  the  seasonality  and  timing  of  receipts  from  its  Research 

journal  subscriptions  and  its  Education  business.  Cash  receipts  for  calendar  year  Research  subscription 

journals  occur  primarily  from  December  through  March.  Reference  is  made  to  the  Credit  Risk  section,  which 

follows,  for  a  description  of  the  impact  on  the  Company  as  it  relates  to  independent  journal  agents’  financial 

position  and  liquidity.  Sales  primarily  in  the  U.S.  higher  education  market  tend  to  be  concentrated  in  June 

through  August,  and  again  in  November  through  January.  Due  to  this  seasonality,  the  Company  normally 

requires increased funds for working capital from May through September. 

The Company has adequate cash and cash equivalents available, as well as short-term lines of credit to finance 

its short-term seasonal working capital requirements. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet debt. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents held outside the U.S. were approximately $253.7 million as of April 30, 2012. The 

balances were comprised primarily of Euros, Pound Sterling, and Australian dollars. Maintenance of these non-

U.S. dollar cash balances does not have a material impact on the liquidity or capital resources of the Company.  

As  of  April  30,  2012,  the  Company  had  approximately  $475.0  million  of  debt  outstanding  and  approximately 

$235 million of unused borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility which is described in Note 14 and 

matures  on  November  2,  2016.  We  believe  that  our  operating  cash  flow,  together  with  our  revolving  credit 

facilities  and  other  available  debt  financing,  will  be  adequate  to  meet  our  operating,  investing  and  financing 

needs in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility in the 

global  capital  and  credit  markets  will  not  impair  our  ability  to  access  these  markets  on  terms  commercially 

acceptable to us or at all. 

The  primary  driver  of  the  negative  working  capital  is  unearned  deferred  revenue  related  to  subscriptions  for 

which cash has been collected in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by the Company 

for a number of purposes including acquisitions; debt repayments; funding operations; dividends payments; and 

purchasing treasury shares. The deferred revenue will be recognized in income as the products are shipped or 

made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2012 

include $342.0 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance.  

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 

accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount 

of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, 

and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management continually evaluates 

the  basis  for  its  estimates.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates,  which  could  affect  the  reported 

results.  Note  2  of  the  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements”  includes  a  summary  of  the  significant 

accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below 

is a discussion of the Company’s more critical accounting policies and methods. 

Revenue  Recognition:  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  persuasive 

evidence  that  an  arrangement  exists;  delivery  has  occurred  or  services  have  been  rendered;  the  price  to  the 

customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been 

met,  revenue  is  recognized  upon  shipment  of  products  or  when  services  have  been  rendered.    Subscription 

revenue  is  generally  collected  in  advance.  The  prepayment  is  deferred  and  recognized  as  earned  primarily 

when the related issue is shipped or made available online over the term of the subscription.  For calendar year 

2013,  the  Company  piloted  an  alternative  journal  subscription  license  model  for  a  group  of  customers.  

Previously,  those  customers’  licenses  were  based  on  a  commitment  by  the  Company  to  provide  a  discrete 

-51- 

 
 
number  of  online  journal  issues  which  provided  for  recognition  of  revenue  by  the  Company  as  issues  were 

published.  Under this alternative model, the Company provides access to all content published in the calendar 

year  and  provides  for  recognition  of  revenue  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  calendar  year  covered  by  the 

alternative  license  model.    Collectability  is  evaluated  based  on  the  amount  involved,  the  credit  history  of  the 

customer, and the status of the customer’s account with the Company.   

When  a  product  is  sold  with  multiple  deliverables,  the  Company  accounts  for  each  deliverable  within  the 

arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone 

basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based 

on  the  price  charged  by  the  Company  when  it  is  sold  separately.  The  Company’s  multiple  deliverable 

arrangements principally  include  WileyPLUS, the online teaching and  learning environment  for the Company’s 

Education business which also includes a complete print or digital textbook for the course, as well as negotiated 

licenses for bundles of electronic content available on Wiley Online Library, the online publishing platform for the 

Company’s Research business.   

When the Company’s electronic content is sold through a third party, the Company is generally not the primary 

obligor within the arrangement since it typically is not responsible for fulfilling the customer’s order or handling 

any customer requests or claims. Accordingly, the Company will recognize revenue for the sale  of its electronic 

content through third parties based on the amount billed to the end customer, net of any commission owed to 

the third party seller of the content.  Revenue is also reported net of any amounts billed to customers for taxes 

which are remitted to government authorities. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts:  The  estimated  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  a  review  of  the 

aging  of the accounts receivable balances, historical  write-off experience, credit evaluations of customers and 

current  market  conditions.  A  change  in  the  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  credit  could  affect  the  estimated 

allowance.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts  Receivable  in  the 

Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $7.4  million  and  $6.9  million  as  of  April  30, 

2013 and 2012, respectively.  

Sales Return Reserve:  The estimated allowance for sales returns is based on a review of the historical return 

patterns, as well as current market trends in the businesses in which we operate. Associated with the estimated 

sales return reserves, the Company also includes a related reduction in inventory and royalty costs as a result of 

the expected returns.  

Net  sales  return  reserves  amounted  to  $31.8  million  and  $35.8  million  as  of  April  30,  2013  and  2012, 

respectively. The reserves  are reflected  in the following accounts of the Consolidated Statements of Financial 

Position – increase (decrease):  

Accounts Receivable 
Inventory 
Accounts and Royalties Payable 
Decrease in Net Assets 

2013 

$(44,279) 

6,862    

(5,583) 
$(31,834) 

2012 

$(48,612) 
7,246  
(5,593) 
$(35,773) 

The  decrease  in  the  sales  return  reserve  was  principally  driven  by  the  Company’s  continuing  migration  to 

eBooks  and  lower  print  sales,  including  the  divested  consumer  publishing  titles.  A  one  percent  change  in  the 

estimated sales return rate could affect net  income by  approximately $2.9 million.   A change in the  pattern or 

trends in returns could affect the estimated allowance. 

-52- 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Reserve  for  Inventory  Obsolescence:  Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  A  reserve  for 

inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. 

The  review  encompasses historical  unit  sales  trends  by  title;  current  market conditions,  including  estimates  of 

customer demand compared to the number of units currently on hand; and publication revision cycles. A change 

in  sales  trends  could  affect  the  estimated  reserve.  The  inventory  obsolescence  reserve  is  reported  as  a 

reduction of the Inventory balance in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and amounted to $28.2 

million  and  $33.9  million  as  of  April  30,  2013  and  2012,  respectively.    The  decrease  in  the  inventory 

obsolescence  reserve  was  principally  driven  by  the  divestment  of  Professional  Development  consumer 

publishing programs in fiscal year 2013 as discussed in Note 5. 

Allocation  of  Acquisition  Purchase  Price  to  Assets  Acquired  and  Liabilities  Assumed:  In  connection  with 

acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed 

based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired. Such 

estimates  include  discounted  estimated  cash  flows  to  be  generated  by  those  assets  and  the  expected  useful 

lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition 

and expected tax basis of assets acquired.   The Company may  use an independent appraiser to assist in the 

determination of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net 

assets  of  the  business  acquired.  Intangible  assets  principally  consist  of  brands,  trademarks,  content  and 

publication rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible 

assets are not amortized but are reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in 

circumstances  indicate  the  asset  might  be  impaired.  The  fair  values  of  the  Company’s  reporting  units  are 

substantially in excess of their carrying values. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated 

useful lives. Content and publication rights, trademarks, customer relationships and brands with finite lives are 

amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  periods  ranging  from  5  to  40  years.  Non-compete  agreements  are 

amortized over the terms of the individual agreement, generally up to 5 years. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:  Assets with finite lives are only evaluated for impairment upon a significant 

change  in  the  operating  or  macroeconomic  environment.    In  these  circumstances,  if  an  evaluation  of  the 

projected  undiscounted  cash  flows  indicates  impairment,  the  asset  is  written  down  to  its  estimated  fair  value 

based on the discounted future cash flows. 

Share-Based  Compensation: The Company recognizes share-based compensation  expense  based  on the  fair 

value of the share-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate of future forfeited awards.  As such, 

share-based  compensation  expense  is  only  recognized  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  ultimately  vest. 

The  fair  value  of  share-based  awards  is  recognized  in  net  income  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite 

service period.  The grant date fair value for stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing 

model. The determination of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model requires the Company to make 

significant judgments and estimates, which include the expected life of an option, the expected volatility of the 

Company’s  Common  Stock  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  option,  a  risk-free  interest  rate  and  the  expected 

dividend yield. Judgment is also required in estimating the amount of share-based awards that may be forfeited. 

Share-based  compensation  expense  associated  with  performance-based  stock  awards  is  based  on  actual 

financial  results  for  targets  established  three  years  in  advance.  The  cumulative  effect  on  current  and  prior 

periods  of  a  change  in  the  estimated  number  of  performance  share  awards,  or  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  is 

recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of the revision.  If actual results differ significantly from 
estimates, the Company’s share-based compensation expense and results of operations could be impacted. 

-53- 

 
 
Retirement  Plans:  The  Company  provides  defined  benefit  pension  plans  for  the  majority  of  its  employees 

worldwide.    The  accounting  for  benefit  plans  is  highly  dependent  on  assumptions  concerning  the  outcome  of 

future  events  and  circumstances,  including  compensation  increases,  long-term  return  rates  on  pension  plan 

assets, healthcare cost trends, discount rates and other factors. In determining such assumptions, the Company 

consults with outside actuaries and other advisors. The discount rates for the U.S. and Canadian pension plans 

are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot rate curve and the timing 

of expected payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curve is based upon a portfolio of Moody’s-

rated  Aa3  (or  higher)  corporate  bonds.  The  discount  rates  for  other  non-U.S.  plans  are  based  on  similar 

published  indices  with  durations  comparable  to  that  of  each  plan’s  liabilities.  The  expected  long-term  rates  of 

return  on  pension  plan  assets  are  estimated  using  market  benchmarks  for  equities,  real  estate  and  bonds 

applied to each plan’s target asset allocation and are estimated by asset class including an anticipated inflation 

rate. The expected long-term rates are then compared to the historic investment performance of the plan assets 

as  well  as  future  expectations  and  estimated  through  consultation  with  investment  advisors  and  actuaries. 

Salary  growth  and  healthcare  cost  trend  assumptions  are  based  on  the  Company’s  historical  experience  and 

future  outlook.  While  the  Company  believes  that  the  assumptions  used  in  these  calculations  are  reasonable, 

differences  in  actual  experience  or  changes  in  assumptions  could  materially  affect  the  expense  and  liabilities 

related to the defined benefit pension plans of the Company. A hypothetical one percent change in the discount 

rate would impact net income and the accrued pension liability by approximately $6.7 million and $121.7 million, 

respectively.  A  one  percent  change  in  the  expected  long  term  rate  of  return  would  affect  net  income  by 
approximately $2.7 million.  

Recently Issued Accounting Standards:  There have been no new accounting standards issued that have had, 
or are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments 

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further 

described in Note 13, as of April 30, 2013 is as follows (in thousands):  

Payments Due by Period 

Total 

Within 
Year 1 

2-3 
Years 

4-5 
Years 

After 5 
Years 

Total Debt 

$673.0 

$        - 

$        - 

$673.0 

$        - 

Interest on Debt1 

$35.1 

$10.6 

$19.7 

$4.8 

$        - 

Non-Cancelable Leases 

$230.5 

$41.1 

$75.3 

$59.4 

$54.7 

Minimum Royalty Obligations 

$289.3 

$69.7 

$116.4 

$78.2 

$25.0 

Other Operating Commitments 

$31.3 

$5.9 

$13.0 

$12.4 

$        - 

Total 

$1,259.2 

$127.3 

$224.4 

$827.8 

$79.7 

1  Interest  on  Debt  includes  the  effect  of  the  Company’s  interest  rate  swap  agreements  and  the  estimated  future  interest 
payments  on  the  Company’s  unhedged  variable  rate  debt,  assuming  that  the  interest  rates  as  of  April  30,  2013  remain 

constant until the maturity of the debt.   

-54- 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

The Company is exposed to market risk primarily related to interest rates, foreign exchange, and credit risk. It is 

the Company’s policy to monitor these exposures and to use derivative financial investments and/or insurance 

contracts from time to time to reduce fluctuations in earnings and cash flows when it is deemed appropriate to 

do so. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. 

Interest Rates: 

The Company had $673.0 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2013, which approximated fair 

value.  On March 30, 2012, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which fixed a portion of 

the variable interest due on its variable rate loans outstanding. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company 

pays  a  fixed  rate  of  0.645%  and  receives  a  variable  rate  of  interest  based  on  one  month  LIBOR  (as  defined) 

from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-year period ending March 31, 2015. As of April 30, 

2013, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $250.0 million.   

It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the  variable rate loans 

outstanding  during  the  life  of  the  derivatives.  During  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  recognized  a  loss  on  its 

hedge  contracts  of  approximately  $1.6  million  which  is  reflected  in  Interest  Expense  in  the  Consolidated 

Statements of Income. At April 30, 2013, the fair value of the outstanding interest rate swap was a deferred loss 

of  $1.6  million  and  was  recorded  in  Other  Long-Term  Liabilities  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial 

Position.  On  an  annual  basis,  a  hypothetical  one  percent  change  in  interest  rates  for  the  $423.0  million  of 

unhedged variable rate debt as of April 30, 2013 would affect net income and cash flow by approximately $2.6 

million. 

Foreign Exchange Rates: 

Fluctuations in the currencies of countries where the Company operates outside the U.S. may have a significant 

impact  on  financial  results.  The  Company  is  primarily  exposed  to  movements  in  British  pound  sterling,  euros, 

Canadian and Australian dollars, and certain  currencies in  Asia.  The Statements of Financial Position of non-

U.S.  business  units  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  period-end  exchange  rates  for  assets  and  liabilities 

and weighted-average exchange rates for revenues and expenses.  Fiscal year 2013 revenue was recognized 

in  the  following  currencies:  approximately  56%  U.S  dollar;  27%  British  pound  sterling;  8%  euro  and  9%  other 

currencies. 

The  Company’s  significant  investments  in  non-U.S.  businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk.  

Adjustments  resulting  from  translating  assets  and  liabilities  are  reported  as  a  separate  component  of 

Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  within  Shareholders’  Equity  under  the  caption  Foreign  Currency 

Translation Adjustment.  During fiscal  year 2013, the Company recorded foreign currency translation  losses in 

other comprehensive income of approximately $38.6 million primarily as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. 

dollar relative to the British pound sterling and euro. 

Exchange rate gains or  losses related to foreign currency  transactions  are recognized as  transaction gains or 

losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. Under certain circumstances, the Company may 

enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments  in  the  form  of  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  to  hedge  against 

specific  transactions,  including  intercompany  purchases  and  loans.  The  Company  does  not  use  derivative 

financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. 

-55- 

 
 
The  Company  may  enter  into  forward  exchange  contracts  to  manage  the  Company’s  exposure  on  certain 

foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities. The  forward  exchange  contracts  are  marked  to  market 

through  Foreign  Exchange  Transaction  Gains  and  Losses  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  and 

carried at their fair value on the Consolidated Statements  of Financial Position. Foreign currency denominated 

assets  and  liabilities  are  remeasured  at  spot  rates  in  effect  on  the  balance  sheet  date,  with  the  effects  of 

changes in spot rates reported in Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains and Losses.  As of April 30, 2013, there 

was one open forward exchange contract with a notional amount in U.S. dollars of approximately $30.0 million.  

The  Company  did  not  maintain  any  open  forward  contracts  as  of  April  30,  2012.    During  fiscal  years  2011 

through  2013,  the  Company  did  not  designate  any  forward  exchange  contracts  as  hedges  under  current 

accounting  standards  as  the  benefits  of  doing  so  were  not  material  due  to  the  short-term  nature  of  the 

contracts. The fair value changes in the forward exchange contracts substantially mitigated the changes in the 

value of the applicable foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.  As of April 30, 2013, the fair value of 

the open forward contract was a gain of approximately $0.1 million, which was measured on a recurring basis 

using  Level  2  inputs  and  recorded  within  the  Prepaid  and  Other  line  item  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 

Financial  Position.    For  fiscal  years  2013,  2012  and  2011,  the  gains/(losses)  recognized  on  the  forward 

contracts were $(0.6) million, $2.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively. 

Customer Credit Risk: 

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, 

acting as agents for library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each 

subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription 

agents  and  is  principally  remitted  to  the  Company  between  the  months  of  December  and  March.  Although  at 

fiscal year-end the Company had minimal credit risk exposure to these agents, future calendar-year subscription 

receipts  from  these  agents  are  highly  dependent  on  their  financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Subscription  agents 

account for approximately 24% of total annual consolidated revenue and no one agent accounts for  more than 

10% of total annual consolidated revenue. 

The Company’s book business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated 

in national, regional, and online bookstore chains. Although no one book customer accounts for more than 10% 

of  total  consolidated  revenue  and  14%  of  accounts  receivable  at  April  30,  2013,  the  top  10  book  customers 

account for approximately 19% of total consolidated revenue and approximately  38% of accounts receivable at 

April 30, 2013.   

Disclosure of Certain Activities Relating to Iran: 

The European Union, Canada and United  States have imposed sanctions on business relationships  with Iran, 

including  restrictions  on  financial  transactions  and  prohibitions  on  direct  and  indirect  trading  with  listed 

“designated persons.”  In fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded revenue and net profits of approximately $0.2 

million  and  $0.1  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  sale  of  scientific  and  medical  content  to  certain  publicly 

funded  universities,  hospitals  and  institutions  that  meet  the  definition  of  the  “Government  of  Iran”  as  defined 

under  section  560.304  of  title  31,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations.   The  Company  has  assessed  its  business 

relationship  and  transactions  with  Iran  and  believes  it  is  in  compliance  with  the  regulations  governing  the 

sanctions.  The Company intends to continue in these or similar sales as long as they continue to be consistent 

with all applicable sanctions-related regulations. 

-56- 

 
 
 
 
“Safe Harbor” Statement Under the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 

This  report  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  concerning  the  Company’s  operations,  performance, 

and  financial  condition.  Reliance  should  not  be  placed  on  forward-looking  statements,  as  actual  results  may 

differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements.  Any such forward-looking statements are based 

upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that  are  inherently  subject  to  uncertainties  and  contingencies, 

many  of  which  are  beyond  the  control  of  the  Company,  and  are  subject  to  change  based  on  many  important 

factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; 

(ii)  subscriber  renewal  rates  for  the  Company’s  journals;  (iii)  the  financial  stability  and  liquidity  of  journal 

subscription agents; (iv) the consolidation of book wholesalers and retail accounts; (v) the market position and 

financial stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of the Company’s education business and the impact 

of the used-book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; (viii) the Company’s ability to protect 

its copyrights and other intellectual property worldwide; (ix) the ability of the Company to successfully integrate 

acquired  operations  and  realize  expected  opportunities  and  (x)  other  factors  detailed  from  time  to  time  in  the 

Company’s  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.    The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to 

update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

-57- 

 
 
 
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

To our Shareholders 
John Wiley and Sons, Inc.: 

The management of John Wiley and Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining 

adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 

15d-15(f). 

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 

effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  – 

Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission 

(COSO).  Based  on  our  evaluation  under  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by 

COSO, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 

2013. 

Changes  in  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:  There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over 

financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control 

over financial reporting during fiscal year 2013. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2013 has been audited by KPMG 

LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. 

The  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  Principles,  Committee  Charters,  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  Policy 

and the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers are published on our web site at  www.wiley.com under the 

“About Wiley—Investor Relations—Corporate Governance” captions.  Copies are also available free of charge 

to shareholders on request to the Corporate Secretary, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 

07030-5774. 

/s/ Stephen M. Smith 

Stephen M. Smith 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Ellis E. Cousens 

Ellis E. Cousens 

Executive Vice President and 

Chief Financial and Operations Officer 

/s/ Edward J. Melando 

Edward J. Melando 

Senior Vice President, Controller and  

Chief Accounting Officer 

June 26, 2013 

-58- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc. 

(the  “Company”)  and  subsidiaries  as  of  April  30,  2013  and  2012,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of 

income,  comprehensive  income,  cash  flows  and  shareholders’  equity  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year 

period  ended  April  30,  2013.  In  connection  with  our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  we  also 

have audited Schedule II on Page 94 of this Form 10-K.  These consolidated financial statements and financial 

statement  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 

(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance 

about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test 

basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes 

assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 

the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 

financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2013 and 2012, and the results of 

their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  April  30,  2013,  in 

conformity  with  U.S. generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  related  financial 

statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as  a 
whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 

(United States), John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2013, based on 

criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 

Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)”),  and  our  report  dated  June  26,  2013  expressed  an 
unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.   

(signed) KPMG LLP 

Short Hills, New Jersey 
June 26, 2013 

-59- 

 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We have audited John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2013, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s management is responsible for 
maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of 
internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 
Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance 
about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our 
audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a 
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company 
are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and 
(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding  prevention or timely  detection of unauthorized  acquisition,  use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In  our  opinion,  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of April 30, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States), the consolidated statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as 
of  April 30,  2013  and  2012,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive  income,  cash 
flows  and  shareholders’  equity  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  April 30,  2013,  and  our 
report dated June 26, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

(signed) KPMG LLP 

Short Hills, New Jersey 

June 26, 2013 

-60- 

 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands 
Assets: 
Current Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid and other 
Total Current Assets 

Product Development Assets 
Technology, Property & Equipment 
Intangible Assets 
Goodwill 
Other Assets 
Total Assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity: 
Current Liabilities 

Accounts and royalties payable 
Deferred revenue 
Accrued employment costs 
Accrued income taxes 
Accrued pension liability 
Other accrued liabilities 
Total Current Liabilities 

Long-Term Debt 
Accrued Pension Liability 
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Other Long-Term Liabilities 
Shareholders’ Equity 

Preferred Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 2 million, Issued - zero  
Class A Common Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 180 million,  

Issued – 69,793,194 and 69,753,370 

Class B Common Stock, $1 par value:  Authorized - 72 million, 

Issued – 13,397,068 and 13,436,892 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss: 

Foreign currency translation adjustment 
Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax 
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap, net of tax 

Less Treasury Shares At Cost (Class A – 20,616,829 and 
19,771,896; 
Class B – 3,902,576 and 3,902,576) 

Total Shareholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 

 April 30  

     2013  

 2012 

$ 

$ 

$ 

334,140  $ 
161,731 
82,017 
57,083 
634,971 

87,876 
189,625 
954,957 
835,540 
103,406 
2,806,375  $ 

143,313  $ 
362,970 
85,306 
16,093 
4,359 
55,128 
667,169 

673,000 
204,362 
197,526 
75,962 

- 

259,830 
171,561 
101,237 
41,972 
574,600 

108,414 
187,979 
915,495 
690,619 
55,839 
2,532,946 

151,350 
342,034 
64,482 
18,812 
3,589 
60,663 
640,930 

475,000 
145,815 
181,716 
71,917 

- 

69,793 

69,753 

13,397 
290,762 
1,387,512 

(134,539) 
(143,124) 
(969) 
1,482,832 

13,437 
271,809 
1,300,713 

(95,981) 
(103,381) 
(1,048) 
1,455,302 

(494,476) 
988,356 
2,806,375  $ 

$ 

(437,734) 
1,017,568 
2,532,946 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

-61- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands, except per share data 

For the years ended April 30, 

   2013 

   2012 

 2011 

Revenue 

$ 

1,760,778  $ 

1,782,742  $ 

1,742,551 

Costs and Expenses 
Cost of sales 
Operating and administrative expenses 
Restructuring charges 
Impairment charges 
Additional provision for doubtful trade account 
Amortization of intangibles 
Total Costs and Expenses 

532,232 
933,148 
29,293 
30,679 
- 
41,982 
1,567,334 

543,396 
922,177 
- 
- 
- 
36,750 
1,502,323 

539,043 
910,847 
- 
- 
9,290 
35,223 
1,494,403 

Net Gain on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs 

5,983 

- 

- 

Operating Income 

199,427 

280,419 

248,148 

Interest expense 
Foreign exchange transaction losses 
Interest income and other 

Income Before Taxes 
Provision for Income Taxes 

Net Income 

Earnings Per Share 

Diluted 
Basic 

Cash Dividends Per Share 
Class A Common 
Class B Common 

Average Shares 
Diluted  
Basic 

(13,078) 
(2,041) 
2,614 

186,922 
42,697 

(9,038) 
(2,261) 
2,975 

272,095 
59,349 

(17,322) 
(2,188) 
2,422 

231,060 
59,171 

144,225  $ 

212,746  $ 

171,889 

2.39  $ 
2.43 

0.96  $ 
0.96 

3.47  $ 
3.53 

0.80  $ 
0.80 

2.80 
2.86 

0.64 
0.64 

60,224 
59,447 

61,272 
60,184 

61,359 
60,160 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

-62- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands 

For the years ended April 30, 

   2013 

   2012 

 2011 

Net Income 

$ 

144,225  $ 

212,746  $ 

171,889 

Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss): 

Foreign currency translation adjustment 

      Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax benefit/ 
(provision) of $16,145; $18,463 and 
($7,490), respectively 

Unrealized gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps,     

net of tax benefit/(provision) of ($62); $453        
and ($2,208), respectively 
Total Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) 

(38,558) 

(30,173) 

76,923 

(39,743) 

(41,745) 

19,317 

79 
(78,222) 

(751) 
(72,669) 

3,665 
99,905 

Comprehensive Income 

$ 

$66,003  $ 

140,077  $ 

271,794 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

-63- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands  

Operating Activities 

For the years ended April 30, 

   2013 

   2012 

  2011 

Net Income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities 

$ 

144,225  $ 

212,746  $ 

171,889 

Amortization of intangibles 
Amortization of composition costs 
Depreciation of technology, property and equipment 
Restructuring  and impairment charges 
Net gain on sale of consumer publishing programs 
Stock-based compensation  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation 
Reserves for returns, doubtful accounts, and obsolescence 
Non-cash deferred tax benefits on U.K. rate changes 
Other changes in deferred income taxes 
One-time tax charge/(benefit) on tax reserves 
Foreign exchange transaction losses 
Pension expense 
Royalty advances  
Earned royalty advances 

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities 
Source/(Use), excluding acquisitions 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Accounts and royalties payable 
Deferred revenue 
Income taxes payable 
Other accrued liabilities 
Pension contributions 
Income tax deposit 
Other  

Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Investing Activities 

Composition spending 
Additions to technology, property and equipment 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Proceeds from sale of consumer publishing programs 

Cash Used for Investing Activities 

Financing Activities 

Repayment of long-term debt 
Borrowings of long-term debt 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Change in book overdrafts 
Cash dividends 
Debt financing costs 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation  
Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities 

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash 
Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Increase for year 
Balance at beginning of year 
Balance at end of year 
Cash Paid During the Year for  

Interest 
Income taxes, net 

41,982 
51,517 
56,017 
59,972 
(5,983) 
11,928 
(193) 
987 
(8,402) 
(8,846) 
2,110 
2,041 
26,755 
(105,335) 
100,691 

18,118 
11,501 
(5,748) 
32,822 
1,429 
(11,762) 
(27,521) 
(42,077) 
(9,191) 
337,037 

(50,434) 
(58,704) 
(263,272) 
29,942 
(342,468) 

(472,500) 
670,500 
(73,721) 
(451) 
(57,426) 
(382) 
24,188 
193 
90,401 
(10,660) 

74,310 
259,830 
334,140 

36,750 
50,944 
50,397 
- 
- 
17,262 
(2,044) 
(3,736) 
(8,769) 
11,799 
(7,524) 
2,261 
20,975 
(108,716) 
100,639 

9,605 
4,467 
540 
19,381 
27,835 
(37,076) 
(24,939) 
- 
6,851 
379,648 

(52,501) 
(67,377) 
(92,174) 
- 
(212,052) 

(888,411) 
909,211 
(87,072) 
(4,414) 
(48,257) 
(3,119) 
15,303 
2,044 
(104,715) 
(4,904) 

57,977 
201,853 
259,830 

35,223 
51,421 
45,862 
- 
- 
17,719 
(4,816) 
13,739 
(4,155) 
9,862 
- 
2,188 
25,633 
(101,702) 
93,016 

(5,584) 
7,453 
6,425 
32,032 
16,204 
(7,810) 
(24,782) 
- 
(4,198) 
375,619 

(51,471) 
(54,393) 
(7,166) 
- 
(113,030) 

(504,800) 
310,000 
(27,958) 
(1,185) 
(38,764) 
- 
27,847 
4,816 
(230,044) 
15,795 

48,340 
153,513 
201,853 

$ 
$ 

12,081  $ 
56,021  $ 

7,745  $ 
42,841  $ 

19,686 
37,822 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

-64- 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 

Dollars in thousands 

Common 
Stock 
Class A 

Common 
Stock 
Class B 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Treasury 
Stock 

Accumulated 
Other Comp- 
rehensive 
Income 
(Loss) 

Total 
Share- 
holder’s 
Equity 

Balance at April 30, 2010 

$69,706 

$13,485 

$210,848 

$1,003,099 

$(347,056) 

$(227,646) 

$722,436 

Shares Issued Under Employee Benefit Plans 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Exercise of Stock Options, including taxes  

Stock-based compensation expense 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Other 

Comprehensive Income 

(3,321)  

21,800 

17,719  

4,524  

(27,958) 

9,660  

(32,648)  

(6,116)  

171,889 

1,203  

(27,958) 

31,460  

17,719  

(32,648)  

(6,116)  

(1)  

99,905 

271,794  

43  

(44)  

Balance at April 30, 2011 

$69,749  

$13,441  

$247,046  

$1,136,224 

$(360,830) 

$(127,741)  

$977,889  

Shares Issued Under Employee Benefit Plans 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Exercise of Stock Options, including taxes  

Stock-based compensation expense 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Other 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

(1,622) 

9,123 

17,262  

3,042 

(87,072) 

7,126  

(40,627)  

(7,630)  

212,746 

1,420 

(87,072) 

16,249  

17,262  

(40,627)  

(7,630)  

-  

(72,669) 

140,077  

4  

(4)  

Balance at April 30, 2012 

$69,753 

$13,437  

$271,809 

$1,300,713 

$(437,734) 

$(200,410)  

$1,017,568 

Shares Issued Under Employee Benefit Plans 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Exercise of Stock Options, including taxes  

Stock-based compensation expense 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Other 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

(4,821) 

11,846 

11,928  

6,005 

(73,721) 

10,974  

(48,290)  

(9,136)  

144,225 

1,184 

(73,721) 

22,820  

11,928  

(48,290)  

(9,136)  

-  

(78,222) 

66,003  

40 

(40)  

Balance at April 30, 2013 

$69,793 

$13,397  

$290,762 

$1,387,512 

$(494,476) 

$(278,632)  

$988,356 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

-65- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1 – Description of Business 

The  Company,  founded  in  1807,  was  incorporated  in  the  state  of  New  York  on  January  15,  1904.  As  used 

herein the term “Company” means John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, unless 

the context indicates otherwise. 

The  Company  is  a  global  provider  of  knowledge  and  knowledge-based  services  in  areas  of  research, 

professional development and education.  Core businesses produce scientific, technical, medical and scholarly 

research  journals,  reference  works,  books,  database  services,  and  advertising;  professional  books  and 

certification,  assessment  and  training  services;  and  education  content  and  services  including  online  program 

management for colleges and universities and integrated online teaching and learning resources for instructors 

and  students.    The  Company  takes  full  advantage  of  its  content  from  all  three  core  businesses  in  developing 

and  cross-marketing  products  to  its  diverse  customer  base  of  researchers,  professionals,  students,  and 

educators.  The  use  of  technology  enables  the  Company  to  make  its  content  efficiently  more  accessible  to  its 

customers  around  the  world.  The  Company  maintains  publishing,  marketing,  and  distribution  centers  in  the 

United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia. 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation:  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company. 

Investments  in  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  at  least  a  20%,  but  less  than  a  majority  interest,  are 

accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  Investments  in  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  less 

than a 20% ownership and in which it does not exercise significant influence are accounted for using the cost 

method of accounting. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

Use  of  Estimates:  The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting 

principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions 

that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities  as of 

the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  

Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Reclassifications:  Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current  year’s 

presentation.  

Book  Overdrafts:  Under  the  Company’s  cash  management  system,  a  book  overdraft  balance  exists  for  the 

Company’s  primary  disbursement  accounts.  This  overdraft  represents  uncleared  checks  in  excess  of  cash 

balances  in  individual  bank  accounts.  The  Company’s  funds  are  transferred  from  other  existing  bank  account 

balances  or  from  lines  of  credit  as  needed  to  fund  checks  presented  for  payment.    As  of  April  30,  2013  and 

2012, book overdrafts of $35.1 million and $35.6 million, respectively, were included in Accounts and Royalties 

Payable in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.   

Revenue  Recognition:  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  persuasive 

evidence  that  an  arrangement  exists;  delivery  has  occurred  or  services  have  been  rendered;  the  price  to  the 

customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been 

met,  revenue  is  recognized  upon  shipment  of  products  or  when  services  have  been  rendered.    Subscription 

revenue  is  generally  collected  in  advance.  The  prepayment  is  deferred  and  recognized  as  earned  primarily 

when the related issue is shipped or made available online over the term of the subscription.  For calendar year 

-66- 

 
 
2013,  the  Company  piloted  an  alternative  journal  subscription  license  model  for  a  group  of  customers.  

Previously,  those  customers’  licenses  were  based  on  a  commitment  by  the  Company  to  provide  a  discrete 

number  of  online  journal  issues  which  provided  for  recognition  of  revenue  by  the  Company  as  issues  were 

published.  Under this alternative model, the Company provides access to all content published in the calendar 

year  and  provides  for  recognition  of  revenue  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  calendar  year  covered  by  the 

alternative  license  model.    Collectability  is  evaluated  based  on  the  amount  involved,  the  credit  history  of  the 

customer, and the status of the customer’s account with the Company.   

When  a  product  is  sold  with  multiple  deliverables,  the  Company  accounts  for  each  deliverable  within  the 

arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone 

basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based 

on  the  price  charged  by  the  Company  when  it  is  sold  separately.  The  Company’s  multiple  deliverable 

arrangements principally  include WileyPLUS, the online teaching and  learning environment  for the Company’s 

Education business which also includes a complete print or digital textbook for the course, as well as negotiated 

licenses for bundles of electronic content available on Wiley Online Library, the online publishing platform for the 

Company’s Research business.   

When the Company’s electronic content is sold through a third party, the Company is generally not the primary 

obligor within the arrangement since it typically is not responsible for fulfilling the customer’s order or handling 

any customer requests or claims. Accordingly, the Company will recognize revenue for the sale of its electronic 

content through third parties based on the amount billed to the end customer, net of any commission owed to 

the third party seller of the content.  Revenue is also reported net of any amounts billed to customers for taxes 

which are remitted to government authorities. 

Cash Equivalents: Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months 

or less and are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates market value. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts:  The  estimated  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  a  review  of  the 

aging  of the accounts receivable balances, historical  write-off experience,  credit evaluations of customers and 

current  market  conditions.  A  change  in  the  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  credit  could  affect  the  estimated 

allowance.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts  Receivable  in  the 

Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $7.4  million  and  $6.9  million  as  of  April  30, 

2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Sales  Return  Reserves:  The  process  which  the  Company  uses  to  determine  its  sales  returns  and  the  related 

reserve provision charged against revenue is based on applying an estimated return rate to current year sales.  

This rate is based upon an analysis of actual historical return experience in the various markets and geographic 

regions  in  which  the  Company  does  business.  The  Company  collects,  maintains  and  analyzes  significant 

amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous  transactions.    This  allows  the  Company  to 

make reasonable estimates of the amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by 

market  and  as  to  which  fiscal  year  the  sales  returns  apply.  This  enables  management  to  track  the  returns  in 

detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective of being able to make the 

most informed judgments possible in setting reserve rates. Associated with the estimated sales return reserves, 

the Company also includes a related reduction in inventory and royalty costs as a result of the expected returns. 

Net  sales  return  reserves  amounted  to  $31.8  million  and  $35.8  million  as  of  April  30,  2013  and  2012, 

respectively. The reserves  are reflected in  the following accounts of  the Consolidated Statements of Financial 

Position – increase (decrease):  

-67- 

 
 
 
 
Accounts Receivable 
Inventory 
Accounts and Royalties Payable 
Decrease in Net Assets 

2013 
$(44,279) 

6,862    

(5,583) 
$(31,834) 

2012 
$(48,612) 
7,246  
(5,593) 
$(35,773) 

The  decrease  in  the  sales  return  reserve  was  principally  driven  by  the  Company’s  continuing  migration  to 

eBooks.  

Inventories:  Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  U.S.  book  inventories  aggregating  $46.5 

million  and  $60.7 million at April 30, 2013 and 2012,  respectively,  are valued  using the  last-in, first-out (LIFO) 

method.  All other inventories are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence:  A reserve for inventory obsolescence is estimated based on  a review of 

damaged, obsolete,  or otherwise unsalable  inventory. The review  encompasses historical  unit sales trends  by 

title;  current  market  conditions,  including  estimates  of  customer  demand  compared  to  the  number  of  units 

currently  on  hand;  and  publication  revision  cycles.  The  inventory  obsolescence  reserve  is  reported  as  a 

reduction of the Inventory balance in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and amounted to $28.2 

million  and  $33.9  million  as  of  April  30,  2013  and  2012,  respectively.    The  decrease  in  the  inventory 

obsolescence  reserve  was  principally  driven  by  the  divestment  of  Professional  Development  consumer 

publishing programs in fiscal year 2013 as discussed in Note 5. 

Product Development Assets:  Product development assets consist of composition costs and royalty advances. 

Costs associated with developing a publication are expensed until the product is determined to be commercially 

viable. Composition costs represent the costs incurred to bring an edited commercial manuscript to publication, 

which include typesetting, proofreading, design, illustration costs, and digital formatting. Composition costs are 

capitalized  and  are  generally  amortized  on  a  double-declining  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives,  ranging 

from  1  to  3  years.  Royalty  advances  are  capitalized  and,  upon  publication,  are  recovered  as  royalties  earned 

based on sales of the published works.  Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for loss 

is maintained, if appropriate. 

Shipping  and  Handling  Costs:    Costs  incurred  for  shipping  and  handling  are  reflected  in  the  Operating  and 

Administrative  Expenses  line  item  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.  The  Company  incurred  $46.0 

million,  $50.4  million  and  $52.5  million  in  shipping  and  handling  costs  in  fiscal  years  2013,  2012  and  2011, 

respectively. 

Advertising Expense:  Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $29.2 million, $24.3 

million and $27.1 million in advertising costs in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

Technology, Property and Equipment: Technology, property and equipment is recorded at cost. Major renewals 

and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  

Technology,  property  and  equipment  is  depreciated  using  the  straight-line  method  based  upon  the  following 

estimated  useful  lives:  Buildings  and  Leasehold  Improvements  –  the  lessor  of  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the 

asset up to 40  years or the duration of the lease; Furniture  and Fixtures  -  3 to  10  years; Computer Hardware 

and Software - 3 to 10 years.  

Costs  incurred  for  computer  software  developed  or  obtained  for  internal  use  are  capitalized  during  the 

application  development  stage  and  expensed  as 

incurred  during 

the  preliminary  project  and  post-

-68- 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
implementation stages.  Costs incurred during the application development stage include costs of materials and 

services,  and  payroll  and  payroll-related  costs  for  employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  the  software 

project. Such costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the related software  which is generally 3 to 6 

years.  Maintenance,  training,  and  upgrade  costs  that  do  not  result  in  additional  functionality  are  expensed  as 

incurred. 

Allocation  of  Acquisition  Purchase  Price  to  Assets  Acquired  and  Liabilities  Assumed:  In  connection  with 

acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed 

based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired. Such 

estimates  include  discounted  estimated  cash  flows  to  be  generated  by  those  assets  and  the  expected  useful 

lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition 

and the expected tax basis of assets acquired. The Company may use an independent appraiser to assist in the 

determination of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the  fair 

value of the net assets of the business acquired.   Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of brands, 

trademarks, content and publishing rights and are typically characterized by intellectual property with a long and 

well-established  revenue  stream  resulting  from  strong  and  well-established  imprint/brand  recognition  in  the 

market.  Goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized  but  are  reviewed  annually  for 

impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. The 

Company  evaluates  the  recoverability  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  by  comparing  the  fair  value  of  the 

intangible asset to its carrying value.   

To  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  goodwill,  the  Company  uses  a  two-step  impairment  test  approach  at  the 

reporting  unit  level.  In  the  first  step,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  entire  reporting  unit  is  compared  to  its 

carrying value including goodwill.  If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second 

step is performed to determine the charge for goodwill impairment. In the second step, the Company determines 

an  implied  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  goodwill  by  determining  the  fair  value  of  the  individual  assets  and 

liabilities (including any previously unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit other than goodwill. The 

resulting  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  is  compared  to  the  carrying  amount  and  an  impairment  charge  is 

recognized for the difference.  

Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets: Finite-lived intangible assets principally consist 

of brands, trademarks, content and publication rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements and 

are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated life of 

these  intangibles  is  the  history  and  longevity  of  the  brands,  trademarks  and  content  and  publication  rights 

acquired,  combined  with  the  strength  of  cash  flows  Content  and  publication  rights,  trademarks,  customer 

relationships and brands with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 40 

years.  Non-compete  agreements  are  amortized  over  the  terms  of  the  individual  agreement,  generally  up  to  5 

years.  

Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  are  amortized  on  a  straight  line  basis  over  the  following  weighted  average 

estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 35 years; customer relationships – 20 years; brands and 

trademarks – 12 years; non-compete agreements – 5 years.  

Assets  with  finite  lives  are  only  evaluated  for  impairment  upon  a  significant  change  in  the  operating  or 

macroeconomic environment.  In these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows 

-69- 

 
 
indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash 

flows. 

Derivative  Financial  Instruments:  The  Company,  from  time  to  time,  enters  into  forward  exchange  and  interest 

rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge  against  foreign  currency  asset  and  liability  commitments,  changes  in  interest 

rates and anticipated transaction exposures, including intercompany purchases.  The Company’s derivatives are 

recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective 

hedges  are  adjusted  to  fair  value  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  earnings.    The  Company  does  not  use 

financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.   

Foreign Currency Gains/Losses: The Company  maintains  operations in many  non-U.S. locations.    Assets  and 

liabilities  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  end  of  period  exchange  rates  and  revenues  and  expense  are 

translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  weighted  average  rates.  Foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  are 

accumulated  and  reported  as  a  separate  component  of  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  within 

Shareholders’  Equity.  The  Company’s  significant  investments  in  non-U.S.  businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign 

currency risk. During fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded $38.6 million of foreign currency translation losses 

primarily  due  to  the  strengthening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  relative  to  the  British  pound  sterling  and  euro.  Foreign 

currency transaction gains or losses are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. 

Share-Based  Compensation: The Company recognizes share-based compensation  expense  based  on the  fair 

value of the share-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate for future forfeited awards.  As such, 

share-based  compensation  expense  is  only  recognized  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  ultimately  vest. 

The  fair  value  of  share-based  awards  is  recognized  in  net  income  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite 

service period. Share-based compensation expense associated with performance-based stock awards is based 

on actual financial results for targets established three years in advance. The cumulative effect on current and 

prior periods of a change in the estimated number of performance share awards, or estimated forfeiture rate, is 

recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of the revision. 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards:  There have been no new accounting standards issued that have had, 

or are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Note 3 – Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding  

A reconciliation of the shares used in the computation of earnings per share for the years ended April 30 follows 

(in thousands): 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 

59,672         60,387         60,515          

Less:  Unearned Restricted Shares 

(225) 

(203) 

(355) 

Shares Used for Basic Earnings Per Share 

59,447 

60,184 

60,160 

Dilutive Effect of Stock Options and Other Stock Awards 

777 

1,088 

1,199 

Shares Used for Diluted Earnings Per Share 

60,224 

61,272 

61,359 

Since  their  inclusion  in  the  calculation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share  would  have  been  anti-dilutive,  options  to 

purchase  2,716,244,  1,655,362  and  411,372  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  have  been  excluded  for  fiscal 

years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  In addition, for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, unearned restricted 

shares of 23,000, 10,000 and 1,500, respectively, have been excluded as their inclusion would have been anti-

dilutive.  

-70- 

 
 
 
 
Note 4 – Acquisitions 

Inscape: 

On  February  16,  2012,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  stock  of  Inscape  Holdings,  Inc.  (“Inscape”)  for 

approximately  $85  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  Inscape  is  a  leading  provider  of  workplace  learning 

solutions,  including  DiSC®-based  assessments  and  training  products  that  develop  critical  interpersonal 

business  skills.    Inscape  generated  revenue  of  $21.6  million  in  fiscal  year  2013.  The  purchase  price  of  $85 

million  was  allocated  to  identifiable  long-lived  assets  ($43.9  million)  comprised  primarily  of  customer 

relationships,  content,  technology  and  trademarks,  with  the  remainder  allocated  to  deferred  tax  liabilities  and 

working  capital.    The  fair  value  of  intangible  assets  and  technology  acquired  was  based  on  management’s 

assessment performed with the assistance of a third party specialist.  The excess of the purchase price over the 

fair value  of net  assets acquired ($56.8 million)  was  recorded as  goodwill.  Goodwill represents the estimated 

value  of  Inscape’s  workforce,  unidentifiable  intangible  assets  and  the  fair  value  of  expected  synergies.    The 

customer  relationships,  content,  technology  and  trademarks  are  being  amortized  over  a  weighted  average 

estimated  useful  life  of  approximately  15  years.  Unaudited  pro  forma  financial  information  has  not  been 

presented  since  the  effects  of  acquisitions  were  not  material  on  either  an  individual  or  aggregate  basis.  The 

Company finalized its purchase accounting for Inscape as of April 30, 2012.  

Deltak: 

On  October  25,  2012,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  stock  of  Deltak.edu,  LLC  (“Deltak”)  for  approximately 

$220  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  Deltak  works  in  close  partnership  with  leading  colleges  and 

universities to  develop and support online degree and certificate programs. The business provides technology 

platforms and services including market research to validate program demand, instructional design, marketing, 

and  student  recruitment  and  retention  services  to  leading  national  and  regional  colleges  and  universities 

throughout  the  United  States.  Deltak  currently  supports  more  than  100  online  programs  and  was  generating 

annual  revenue  of  approximately  $54  million  prior  to  the  acquisition  and  contributed  $33.7  million  to  the 

Company’s fiscal year 2013 revenue since the acquisition date.  The $220 million purchase price was allocated 

to  identifiable  long-lived  intangible  assets  ($99.4  million)  comprised  primarily  of  institutional  relationships;  and 

long-term deferred tax liabilities ($34.4 million); with the remainder allocated to technology and working capital. 

The  fair  value  of  intangible  assets  and  technology  acquired  was  based  on  management’s  assessment 

performed with the assistance of a third party specialist.  The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of 

net  assets  acquired  ($150.0  million)  was  recorded  as  goodwill.  Goodwill  represents  the  estimated  value  of 

Deltak’s  workforce,  unidentifiable  intangible  assets  and  the  fair  value  of  expected  synergies.  None  of  the 

goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable long-lived intangible assets are primarily amortized over 

an  estimated  useful  life  of  approximately  20  years.  Unaudited  proforma  financial  information  has  not  been 

presented since the effects of the acquisition were not material. The Company finalized its purchase accounting 
for Deltak as of April 30, 2013. 

Efficient Learning Systems: 

On  November  1,  2012,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  stock  of  Efficient  Learning  Systems,  Inc.  (“ELS”)  for 

approximately  $24  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  ELS  is  an  e-learning  system  provider  focused  in  the 

areas  of  professional  finance  and  accounting.  ELS’  flagship  product,  CPAexcel,  is  a  modular,  digital  platform 

comprised  of  online  self-study,  videos,  mobile  apps,  and  sophisticated  planning  tools  that  has  helped  over 

65,000  professionals  prepare  for  the  CPA  exam  since  1998.  ELS  was  generating  annual  revenue  of 

approximately $7 million prior to the acquisition and contributed $3.7 million to the Company’s fiscal year 2013 

-71- 

 
 
revenue  since  the  acquisition  date.  The  $24  million  purchase  price  was  allocated  to  identifiable  long-lived 

intangible assets ($6.5 million); technology ($3.6 million); and long-term deferred tax liabilities ($2.9 million); with 

the  remainder  allocated  to  working  capital.  The  fair  value  of  intangible  assets  and  technology  acquired  was 

based on management’s assessment performed with the assistance of a third party specialist.  The excess of 

the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired ($17.0 million) was recorded as goodwill.  Goodwill 

represents the estimated value of ELS’ workforce, unidentifiable intangible assets and the fair value of expected 

synergies. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. Unaudited proforma financial information has not 

been  presented  since  the  effects  of  the  acquisition  were  not  material.  The  Company  finalized  its  purchase 

accounting for ELS as of April 30, 2013. 

Unaudited proforma financial information has not been presented since the effects of the acquisitions were not 

material individually or in the aggregate. 

Note 5 – Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs 

In  March  2012,  the  Company  announced  that  it  intended  to  explore  opportunities  to  sell  a  number  of  its 

consumer  publishing  assets  in  its  Professional  Development  business  as  they  no  longer  align  with  the 

Company’s  long-term  business  strategy.  Those  assets  included  travel  (including  the  well-known  Frommer’s 

brand), culinary, general interest, nautical, pets, crafts, Webster’s New World, and CliffsNotes. 

Sale of Travel Publishing Program: 

On August 10, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with Google, Inc. (“Google”) for the sale 

of  its  travel  publishing  program,  including  all  of  its  interests  in  the  Frommer’s,  Unofficial  Guides,  and 

WhatsonWhen  brands  for  $22  million  in  cash,  of  which  $3.3  million  is  held  in  escrow  related  to  standard 

commercial representations and warranties and is expected to be released to the Company by the end of fiscal 

year  2014.  The  effective  date  of  the  transaction  was  August  31,  2012.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  a 

$9.8 million pre-tax gain on the sale, or $6.2 million after tax ($0.10 per share), in the second quarter of fiscal 

year  2013.  In connection  with the sale,  the  Company  also entered into a  transition services  agreement  which 

will end on December 31, 2013.  Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year 2013 in connection with the service 

agreement were $0.5 million. 

Sale of Culinary, CliffsNotes and Webster’s New World Publishing Programs: 

On November 5, 2012, the Company completed the sale of the Company’s culinary, CliffsNotes, and Webster’s 

New World Dictionary consumer publishing programs to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (“HMH”) for $11.0 million in 

cash,  which  approximated  the  carrying  value  of  related  assets  sold,  of  which  $1.1  million  is  held  in  escrow 

related to standard commercial representations and warranties and is expected to be released to the Company 

by the end of fiscal year 2014.  In connection with the sale, the Company also entered into a transition services 

agreement which ended on March 5, 2013.  Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year 2013 in connection with 

the service agreement were $1.5 million. 

Sale of Other Consumer Publishing Programs: 

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  completed  the  sale  of  its  other  consumer  publishing 

programs  to  various  buyers  for  approximately  $1  million  in  cash  and  a  limited  future  royalty  interest.    The 

Company  recorded  a  $3.8  million  loss  on  the  sales  ($3.6  million  after  tax  or  $0.06  per  share)  in  the  fourth 

quarter of fiscal year 2013. 

-72- 

 
 
 
 
Note 6 – Inventories 

Inventories at April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

Finished Goods 

Work-in-Process 

Paper, Cloth, and Other 

Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns 

LIFO Reserve 

Total Inventories 

2013 

2012 

$68,040 

$86,954 

5,890 

6,577 

80,507 

6,862 

(5,352) 

6,487 

8,072 

101,513 

7,246 

(7,522) 

$82,017 

$101,237 

See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Sales Return Reserves for a discussion of Inventory 

Value of Estimated Returns.   

Note 7 – Product Development Assets 

Product development assets consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands): 

Composition Costs 

Royalty Advances 

Total 

2013 

2012 

$48,861 

$54,844 

39,015 

53,570 

$87,876 

$108,414 

Composition costs are net of accumulated amortization of $179.9 million and $178.2 million as of April 30, 2013 

and 2012, respectively. 

Note 8 – Technology, Property and Equipment  

Technology, property and equipment consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands): 

2013 

2012 

Capitalized Software and Computer Hardware 

$423,247 

$379,034 

Buildings and Leasehold Improvements 

Furniture, Fixtures and Warehouse Equipment 

Land and Land Improvements 

98,846 

82,739 

4,025 

98,635 

82,678 

4,187 

608,857 

564,534 

Accumulated Depreciation/Amortization 

(419,232) 

(376,555) 

Total 

$189,625 

$187,979 

The net book value of capitalized software costs was  $98.9 million and  $88.9 million as of April 30,  2013 and 

2012,  respectively.  Depreciation/Amortization  expense  recognized  in  2013,  2012,  and  2011  for  capitalized 

software costs was approximately $33.1 million, $26.0 million and $22.6 million, respectively. 

-73- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 9 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment as of April 30 (in thousands): 

Foreign 

Translation 

2012 

Acquisitions 

Divestments 

Adjustment 

2013 

Research 

$         473,209  $            - 

$           - 

$         (16,626)  $         456,583 

Professional Development 

          217,410 

          17,026 

(5,117) 

              (332) 

         228,987 

Education 

Total 

- 

         149,970 

- 

- 

         149,970 

$         690,619  $         166,996  $           (5,117)  $         (16,958)  $         835,540 

The  acquisitions  for  Professional  Development  and  Education  relate  to  the  ELS  and  Deltak  acquisitions, 

respectively.    The  divestments  reflect  the  portion  of  goodwill  allocated  to  the  divested  consumer  publishing 

programs.  

Intangible assets as of April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

                   2013 

2012 

        Cost 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

   Cost 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Intangible Assets with Determinable Lives 

Content and Publishing Rights 

   $790,881 

$(260,947) 

   $794,986 

$(227,934) 

Customer Relationships 

Brands & Trademarks 

Covenants not to Compete 

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives 

Brands & Trademarks 

Content and Publishing Rights  

179,336 

25,700 

1,840 

(23,634) 

(11,894) 

(782) 

83,477 

22,374 

790 

(17,240) 

(8,401) 

(484) 

997,757 

(297,257) 

901,627 

(254,059) 

153,747 

100,710 

- 

- 

165,896 

102,031 

- 

- 

$1,252,214 

$(297,257) 

$1,169,554 

$(254,059) 

Based on the current amount of intangible assets subject to amortization and assuming current exchange rates, 

the  estimated  amortization  expense  for  each  of  the  succeeding  five  fiscal  years  are  as  follows:  2014  -  $42.0 
million; 2015 - $40.8 million; 2016 - $39.6 million; 2017 - $38.1 million and 2018 – $35.3 million. 

Note 10 – Restructuring Charges 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $29.3 million, or $19.8 million after 

tax ($0.33 per share), which are reflected in the Restructuring Charges line item of the Consolidated Statements 

of Income and described in more detail below: 

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program  

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  announced  a  program  (the  “Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program”)  to 

restructure  and  realign  the  Company’s  cost  base  with  current  and  anticipated  future  market  conditions.    The 

Company  is  targeting  a  majority  of  the  cost  savings  achieved  to  improve  margins  and  earnings,  while  the 

remainder  will  be  reinvested  in  high  growth  digital  business  opportunities.    In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year 

-74- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $24.5 million, or $16.3 million after tax ($0.27 per 

share),  related  to  the  Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program.    The  restructuring  charge  includes  accrued 

redundancy and separation benefits of $19.1 million, process reengineering consulting costs of $2.7 million and 

termination/curtailment  costs  related  to  the  U.S.  defined  benefit  pension  plan  of  $2.7  million.    Approximately 

$2.9 million, $6.3 million and $1.1 million of the restructuring charge was recorded within the Research, PD, and 

Education  reporting  segments,  respectively,  with  the  remainder  recognized  in  Shared  Service  costs.    The 

Company expects to record an additional charge or charges during fiscal year 2014 as it implements successive 

phases  of  the  program.    Given  progress  to  date,  the  Company  expects  that  it  will  be  in  a  position  to  begin 

implementation of the next phase of the restructuring initiative mid-fiscal year 2014 which will generate a charge 

for additional employee separation-related benefits of a similar size to that taken in the fourth quarter  of fiscal 

year 2013. 

As  of  April  30,  2013,  the  Company  made  severance  and  other  employee  separation-related  payments  of 

approximately  $0.3  million,  resulting  in  a  remaining  liability  of  approximately  $18.8  million  reflected  in  the 

Accrued  Employment  Costs  line  item  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.    Remaining 

payments are expected to be substantially completed by October 31, 2014.  As of April 30, 2013, the Company 

made payments related to reengineering consulting costs of approximately $1.6 million resulting in a remaining 

liability  of  approximately  $1.1  million  reflected  in  the  Other  Accrued  Liabilities  line  item  in  the  Consolidated 

Statements of Financial Position. 

Other Restructuring Programs 

As  part  of  the  Company’s  ongoing  transition  and  transformation  to  digital  products  and  services,  certain 

activities  have  been  identified  that  will  either  be  discontinued,  outsourced,  or  relocated  to  a  lower  cost 

region.  As a result, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of approximately $4.8 million, or $3.5 

million after tax ($0.06 per share), in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 for redundancy and separation benefits. 

Approximately  $3.0  million,  $1.3  million  and  $0.2  million  of  the  restructuring  charge  was  recorded  within  the 

Research,  PD  and  Education  reporting  segments,  respectively,  with  the  remainder  recognized  in  Shared 

Service costs. 

During  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  made  severance  payments  of  approximately  $3.7  million  resulting  in  a 

remaining  liability  of  approximately  $1.1  million  as  of  April  30,  2013,  which  is  reflected  in  the  Accrued 

Employment  Costs  line  item  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  The  remaining  severance 

payments are expected to be substantially completed by July 31, 2013. 

Note 11 – Impairment Charges 

In fiscal year 2013, in conjunction with the restructuring programs  the Company recognized total pre-tax asset 

impairment  charges  of  $30.7  million,  or  $21.0  million  after  tax  ($0.35  per  share),  which  are  reflected  in  the 

Impairment Charges line item of the Consolidated Statements of Income and described in more detail below: 

Consumer Publishing Programs 

As discussed in Note 5, the Company began accounting for its culinary, CliffsNotes and Webster’s New World 

Dictionary consumer publishing programs as Assets Held for Sale in the second quarter of fiscal year 2013.  As 

a result, the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $12.1 million, or $7.5 million after tax ($0.12 per 

share),  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  the  assets  within  these 

programs to approximately $9.9 million, which represented their fair value based on the estimated sales price, 

less  costs  to  sell.    In  addition,  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  recorded  a  pre-tax 

impairment  charge  of  $3.4  million,  or  $2.1  million  after  tax  ($0.04  per  share)  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of 

-75- 

 
 
inventory  and  royalty  advances  within  its  other  consumer  publishing  programs  to  their  estimated  realizable 

value. 

Controlled Circulation Publishing Assets 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company identified certain controlled circulation publishing programs that no longer align 

with the Company’s long-term strategy and has shifted key resources from these  programs to other publishing 

programs  within  the  Research  business.    As  a  result,  the  Company  performed  an  impairment  test  on  the 

intangible  assets related to these controlled circulation publishing  programs  in the fourth quarter of fiscal  year 

2013, which resulted in a $9.9 million pre-tax impairment charge, or $8.2 million after tax ($0.14 per share).  The 

intangible  assets  principally  consisted  of  acquired  publication  rights.    The  impairment  charge  resulted  in  a  full 

write-off of the carrying value of these intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as determined by 

the Company utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis. 

Technology Investments 

In fiscal  year 2013, the Company identified certain technology  investments  which no longer  fit the  Company’s 

technology  strategy.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  an  asset  impairment  charge  of  $5.3  million,  or  $3.2 

million after tax ($0.05 per share), to write-off the full carrying value of the related assets. 

Note 12 - Additional Provision for Doubtful Trade Account  

In fiscal year 2011, the Company recorded a pre-tax bad debt provision of $9.3 million, or $6.0 million after-tax 

($0.10 per diluted share), related to the Company’s customer, Borders Group, Inc. (“Borders”). The net charge 

was reflected in the Additional Provision for Doubtful Trade Account line item in the Consolidated Statements of 

Income  and  represented  the  difference  between  the  Company’s  outstanding  receivable  with  Borders,  net  of 

existing reserves and recoveries.  

Note 13 - Income Taxes 

The provisions for income taxes for the years ending April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

Current Provision 

US – Federal 

International 

State and Local 

2013 

2012 

2011 

 $23,835 

 $11,253 

 $15,563 

34,019 

2,091 

43,017 

2,049 

35,913 

1,988 

Total Current Provision 

$59,945 

$56,319 

$53,464 

Deferred Provision (Benefit) 

US – Federal 

International 

State and Local 

$(11,312) 

(5,553) 

(383)  

$9,736 

(7,820) 

  $6,164 

2,040 

1,114  

(2,497)   

Total Deferred Provision (Benefit) 

 $(17,248) 

 $3,030 

 $5,707 

Total Provision 

$42,697 

$59,349 

$59,171 

-76- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International and United States pretax income for the years ending April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

International 

United States 

Total 

2013 

2012 

2011 

  $156,114 

  $171,315 

  $162,767 

30,808 

100,780 

68,293 

 $186,922 

 $272,095 

 $231,060 

The  Company’s  effective  income  tax  rate  as  a  percentage  of  pretax  income  differed  from  the  U.S.  federal 

statutory rate as shown below: 

2013 

2012 

2011 

U.S. Federal Statutory Rate 

35.0% 

35.0% 

35.0% 

Benefit from Lower Taxes on Non-US Income 

State Income Taxes, Net of U.S. Federal Tax Benefit 

Deferred Tax Benefit From Statutory Tax Rate Change 

Tax Adjustments 

Other 

(9.3) 

0.6 

(4.5) 

0.7 

0.3 

(6.8) 

0.8 

(3.2) 

(4.0) 

- 

(7.6) 

(0.1) 

(1.8) 

(0.9) 

1.0 

Effective Income Tax Rate 

22.8% 

21.8% 

25.6% 

Deferred  Tax  Benefit  from  Statutory  Tax  Rate  Change:    In  fiscal  years  2013,  2012  and  2011,  the  Company 

recognized non-cash deferred tax benefits of $8.4 million ($0.14 per share), $8.8 million ($0.14 per share), and 

$4.2 million ($0.07 per share), respectfully, principally associated with new tax legislation enacted in the United 

Kingdom (“U.K.”) that reduced the U.K. statutory income tax rates by 2%, 2% and 1%, respectively. The benefits 

reflect the remeasurement of all  applicable U.K  deferred tax  balances to the  new  income tax rates,  which  are 

reflected at the current statutory tax rate of 23% as of April 30, 2013.  

Tax  Adjustments:    In  fiscal  years  2013,  2012  and  2011,  the  Company  recorded  tax  benefits  of  $0.7  million, 

$10.9  million  and  $2.0  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  expiration  of  the  statute  of  limitations  and  favorable 

resolutions of certain federal, state and foreign tax matters with tax authorities.  The fiscal year 2012 tax benefit 

includes  the  release  of  a  $7.5  million  income  tax  reserve  that  was  originally  recorded  in  conjunction  with  the 

purchase  accounting  for  the  Blackwell  acquisition.    In  addition  to  the  benefits  recorded  above,  the  Company 

recorded a tax charge of $2.1 million in fiscal year 2013 due to recently published IRS tax positions related to 

the Company’s ability to take certain deductions in the U.S. 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes:   

As of April 30, 2013 and  April 30, 2012, the total  amount of unrecognized tax benefits  were $25.5 million and 

$24.3 million, respectively, of which $3.1 million and $3.0 million represented accruals for interest and penalties 

recorded as additional tax expense in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy. Within the income tax 

provision for fiscal years 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded net interest expense/(income) and penalties on 

the  unrecognized  and  recognized  tax  benefits  of  $0.3  million  and  ($1.6)  million,  respectively.  As  of  April  30, 

2013  and  April  30,  2012,  the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  that,  if  recognized,  would  reduce  the 

Company’s  income  tax  provision  were  approximately  $23.8  million  and  $22.6  million,  respectively.  The 

Company does not expect any significant changes to the unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.  

A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits included within the Other Long-Term Liabilities line item in the 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position are as follows (in thousands): 

-77- 

 
 
 
 
Balance at May 1st 

Additions for Current Year Tax Positions  

Additions for Prior Year Tax Positions  

Reductions for Prior Year Tax Positions 

Foreign Translation Adjustment 

Payments 

Reductions for Lapse of Statute of Limitations  

Balance at April 30th 

Tax Audits: 

2013 

2012 

$24,252 

$38,100 

1,182 

2,749 

(906) 

(291) 

375 

1,105 

(1,521) 

(1,681) 

(1,089) 

- 

(396) 

(12,126) 

 $25,501 

  $24,252 

The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.  and  various  states  and  non-U.S.  tax  jurisdictions.  The 

Company’s  major  taxing  jurisdictions  include  the  United  States,  the  United  Kingdom  and  Germany.    The 

Company  is  no  longer  subject  to  income  tax  examinations  for  years  prior  to  fiscal  year  2009  in  the  major 

jurisdictions  in  which  the  Company  is  subject  to  tax.  The  Company  completed  the  U.S.  audit  for  fiscal  years 

2006 through 2009 resulting in minimal adjustments principally related to temporary differences.   

The Company completed the German tax audit for fiscal years 2003 through 2009. In conjunction with the audit, 

the  German  tax  authorities  notified  the  Company  in  May  2012,  that  they  are  challenging  the  Company's  tax 

position with respect to the amortization of certain stepped-up assets.  In fiscal year 2003, the Company merged 

several of its German subsidiaries into a new operating entity  which enabled the Company to increase ("step-

up") the tax deductible net asset basis of the merged subsidiaries to fair market value. The expected tax benefits 

to  be  derived  from  the  step-up  are  approximately  50  million  euros  claimed  as  amortization  over  15  years 

beginning in fiscal year 2003. The Company's management and its advisors believe that it is "more likely than 

not" to successfully defend that the tax treatment was proper and in accordance with German tax regulations. 

The circumstances are not unique to the Company. 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company made deposits of 33 million euros related to amortization claimed on certain 

"stepped-up"  assets  through  fiscal  year  2007.    Under  German  tax  law,  the  Company  must  pay  all  contested 

taxes and the related interest to have the right to defend its position challenged by authorities.  The Company 

expects that it will be required to deposit additional amounts up to 25 million euros plus interest in future periods 

until the issue is resolved. The challenge is expected to ultimately be decided by a court and could take several 

years  to  reach  resolution.  If  the  Company  is  successful,  as  expected,  the  deposits  will  be  returned  with  6% 

simple interest,  based on  current German legislation.  The Company recorded  $0.9 million  as a benefit  within 

the fiscal year 2013 income tax provision for accrued interest income.  As of April 30, 2013 the USD equivalent 

of  the  deposits  and  accrued  interest  income  to  date  was  approximately  $45.9  million  which  is  recorded  within 

Other Assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.   

Deferred Taxes: 

Deferred taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial 

reporting purposes.  It is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable 

income  to  realize  the  deferred  tax  assets.  The  significant  components  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  at 

April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

-78- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventory 

Intangible and Fixed Assets 

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Net Operating Losses 

Reserve for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts 

Accrued Expenses 

Accrued Employee Compensation 

Retirement and Post-Employment Benefits 

Total  Deferred Tax Assets 

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 

  Reported As 

Current Deferred Tax Assets 

Non-current Deferred Tax Assets 

Current Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Non-current  Deferred  Tax Liabilities 

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 

2013 

$8,328 

2012 

$7,185 

301,239 

276,035 

$309,567 

$283,220 

$5,813 

6,297 

11,849 

35,505 

64,680 

$6,297 

5,577 

6,157 

30,946 

48,188 

$124,144 

$97,165 

$185,423 

$186,055 

$5,513 

6,590 

$219 

6,996 

- 

11,554 

197,526 

181,716 

$185,423 

$186,055 

Pretax earnings of a non-U.S. subsidiary or affiliate are subject to U.S. taxation when repatriated. The Company 

intends to reinvest earnings outside the U.S. except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result 

in no additional tax. Accordingly, the Company has not recognized U.S. tax expense on non-U.S. earnings. At 

April 30, 2013, the accumulated undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries approximated $474 million. It is 

not  practical  to  determine  the  U.S.  income  tax  liability  that  would  be  payable  if  such  earnings  were  not 

indefinitely reinvested. 

Note 14 - Debt and Available Credit Facilities 

As  of  April  30,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company’s  long-term  debt  consisted  of  amounts  due  under  its  revolving 

credit  facility  of  approximately  $673.0  million  and  $475.0  million,  respectively.    On  November  2,  2011,  the 

Company amended and restated its existing credit facility with Bank of America  - Merrill Lynch and The Royal 

Bank of Scotland plc as joint lead arrangers and Bank of America as administrative agent.  The new agreement 

consisted of a $700 million five-year senior revolving credit facility, which can be drawn in multiple currencies.  

The proceeds of the new revolving credit facility were used to pay down the Company’s prior credit facility and 

meet seasonal operating cash requirements.  On October 18, 2012, the Company increased the facility’s credit 

limit to $825 million to finance the Deltak acquisition.  Under the current agreement, the Company has the option 

of  borrowing  at  the  following  floating  interest  rates:  (i)  at  a  rate  based  on  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate 

(“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.05% to 1.65%, depending on the Company’s consolidated 

leverage  ratio,  as  defined,  or  (ii)  for  U.S.  dollar-denominated  loans  only,  at  the  lender’s  base  rate  plus  an 

applicable margin ranging from zero to 0.65%, depending on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.  The 

lender’s base rate is defined as the highest of (i) the U.S. federal funds effective rate plus a 0.50% margin, (ii) 

the  Eurocurrency  rate,  as  defined,  plus  a  1.00%  margin,  or  (iii)  the  Bank  of  America  prime  lending  rate.  In 

addition,  the  Company  pays  a  facility  fee  ranging  from  0.20%  to  0.35%  depending  on  the  Company’s 
-79- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
consolidated leverage ratio.  The Company also has the option to request an additional credit limit increase of 

up to $125 million in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the approval of the lenders. The amended 

credit  agreement  contains  certain  restrictive  covenants  related  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  leverage  ratio 

and interest coverage ratio, which the Company was in compliance with as of April 30, 2013. Due to the fact that 

there are no principal payments due until the end of the amended agreement in fiscal year 2017, the Company 

has classified its entire debt obligation as long-term as of April 30, 2013. 

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  have  other  short-term  lines  of  credit  aggregating  $10.3  million  at  various 

interest  rates.  No  borrowings  under  the  credit  lines  were  outstanding  as  of  April  30,  2013  or  2012.  The 

Company’s  total  available  lines  of  credit  as  of  April  30,  2013  were  approximately  $835  million,  of  which 

approximately  $162  million  was  unused.  The  weighted  average  interest  rates  on  long-term  debt  outstanding 

during  fiscal  years  2013  and  2012  were  1.93%  and  1.60%,  respectively.  As  of  April  30,  2013  and  2012,  the 

weighted  average  interest  rates  for  the  long-term  debt  were  1.86%  and  2.01%,  respectively.    Based  on 

estimates of interest rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms and maturities, the fair 

value of the Company’s long-term debt approximates its carrying value. 

Note 15 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities 

The  Company,  from  time-to-time,  enters  into  forward  exchange  and  interest  rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge 

against foreign currency asset and liability commitments, changes in  interest rates and anticipated transaction 

exposures,  including  intercompany  purchases.  All  derivatives  are  recognized  as  assets  or  liabilities  and 

measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with 

a  corresponding  adjustment  to  earnings.  The  Company  does  not  use  financial  instruments  for  trading  or 

speculative purposes.   

Interest Rate Contracts: 

The Company had  $673.0 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2013, which approximated fair 

value.  During  fiscal  years  2013  and  2012,  the  Company  maintained  two  interest  rate  swap  agreements  that 

were  designated  as  fully  effective  cash  flow  hedges  as  defined  under  Accounting  Standards  Codification 

(“ASC”)  815  “Derivatives  and  Hedging.”    As  a  result,  there  was  no  impact  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated 

Statements  of  Income  for  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps.  Under  ASC  815,  fully  effective 

derivative instruments that are designated as cash flow hedges have changes in their fair value recorded initially 

within  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  As 

interest expense is recognized based on the variable rate loan agreements, the corresponding deferred gain or 

loss on the interest rate swaps is reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Interest Expense 

in the Consolidated Statements of Income. It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate 

swaps be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the derivatives. 

On  August  19,  2010,  the  Company  entered  into  an  interest  rate  swap  agreement  which  fixed  a  portion  of  the 

variable  interest  due  on  its  variable  rate  loans  outstanding.    Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  the  Company 

paid a fixed rate of 0.8% and received a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from 

the counterparty which was reset every month for a twenty-nine month period ending January 19, 2013, the date 

that the swap expired.  As of April 30, 2012, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $125.0 million.   

On  March  30,  2012,  the  Company  entered  into  an  interest  rate  swap  agreement  which  fixed  a  portion  of  the 

variable  interest  due  on  its  variable  rate  loans  outstanding.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  the  Company 

pays  a  fixed  rate  of  0.645%  and  receives  a  variable  rate  of  interest  based  on  one-month  LIBOR  (as  defined) 

-80- 

 
 
from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-year period ending March 31, 2015. As of both April 

30, 2013 and 2012, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $250.0 million.   

The Company records the fair value of its interest rate swaps on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs of quoted 

prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets. The fair value of the interest rate swaps as of April 30, 

2013 and 2012 was a deferred loss of $1.6 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Based on the maturity dates of 

the  contracts,  the  entire  deferred  loss  as  of  April  30,  2013  was  recorded  in  Other  Long-Term  Liabilities  in  the 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.  The deferred loss as of April 30, 2012 of $0.5 million and $1.2 

million was recorded in Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities, respectively.  Net losses that 

were  reclassified  from  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  into  Interest  Expense  for  fiscal  years  2013, 

2012  and  2011  were  $1.6  million,  $0.8  million  and  $9.1  million,  respectively.    Based  on  the  amount  in 

Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  at  April  30,  2013,  approximately  $1.1  million,  net  of  tax,  of 

unrecognized loss would be reclassified into net income in the next twelve months. 

Foreign Currency Contracts: 

The  Company  may  enter  into  forward  exchange  contracts  to  manage  the  Company’s  exposure  on  certain 

foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities. The  forward  exchange  contracts  are  marked  to  market 

through  Foreign  Exchange  Transaction  Gains  and  Losses  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  and 

carried at their fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Foreign currency denominated 

assets  and  liabilities  are  remeasured  at  spot  rates  in  effect  on  the  balance  sheet  date,  with  the  effects  of 

changes in spot rates reported in Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains and Losses.  As of April 30, 2013, there 

was one open forward exchange contract in Euros with a notional amount in U.S. dollars of approximately $30.0 

million.    The  Company  did  not  maintain  any  open  forward  contracts  as  of  April  30,  2012.    During  fiscal  years 

2011 through 2013, the Company did not designate any forward exchange contracts as hedges under current 

accounting  standards  as  the  benefits  of  doing  so  were  not  material  due  to  the  short-term  nature  of  the 

contracts. The fair value changes in the forward exchange contracts substantially mitigated the changes in the 

value of the applicable foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.  As of April 30, 2013, the fair value of 

the  open  forward  exchange  contract  was  a  gain  of  approximately  $0.1  million,  which  was  measured  on  a 

recurring  basis  using  Level  2  inputs  and  recorded  within  the  Prepaid  and  Other  line  item  on  the  Consolidated 

Statements of Financial Position.  For fiscal  years 2013, 2012 and 2011, the gains/(losses) recognized on  the 

forward contracts were $(0.6) million, $2.4 million, and $0.6 million, respectively.  

Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies 

The following schedule shows the composition of rent expense for operating leases (in thousands): 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Minimum Rental 

$41,899 

$43,620 

$39,676 

Less: Sublease Rentals 

(554) 

(501) 

(665) 

Total 

$41,345 

$43,119 

$39,011 

Future  minimum  payments  under  operating  leases  were  $230.4  million  at  April  30,  2013.  Annual  minimum 

payments under these leases for fiscal years 2014 through 2018 are approximately $41.1 million, $38.3 million, 

$37.0 million, $36.2 million, and $23.2 million, respectively. Rent expense associated with operating leases that 

include  scheduled  rent  increases  and  tenant  incentives,  such  as  rent  holidays  or  leasehold  improvement 
allowances, are recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  

-81- 

 
 
 
The Company is involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of its business.  A provision for litigation is 

accrued when information available to the Company indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and 

the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.  Significant judgment may be required to determine both the 

probability and estimates of loss.  When the amount of the loss can only be estimated within a range, the most 

likely outcome within that range is accrued.  If no amount  within the range is a better estimate than any other 

amount,  the  minimum  amount  within  the  range  is  accrued.    When  uncertainties  exist  related  to  the  probable 

outcome of litigation and/or the amount or range of loss, the Company does not record a liability, but discloses 

facts related to the nature of the contingency and possible losses if management considers the information to be 

material.  Reserves for legal defense costs are recorded when management believes such future costs will be 

material.    The  accruals  for  loss  contingencies  and  legal  costs  are  reviewed  regularly  and  may  be  adjusted  to 

reflect updated information on the status of litigation and advice of legal counsel.  In the opinion of management, 

the  ultimate  resolution  of  all  pending  litigation  will  not  have  a  material  effect  upon  the  financial  condition  or 
results of operations of the Company. 

Note 17 - Retirement Plans 

The  Company  and  its  principal  subsidiaries  have  contributory  and  noncontributory  retirement  plans  that  cover 

substantially all employees. The plans  generally  provide for employee retirement between the  ages  of 60  and 

65, and benefits based on length of service and compensation, as defined. 

The  Company  recognizes  the  overfunded  or  underfunded  status  of  defined  benefit  postretirement  plans, 

measured  as  the  difference  between  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  and  the  projected  benefit  obligation,  in  the 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.  The change in the funded status of the plan is recognized within 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Plan assets and 

obligations are measured as of the Company’s balance sheet date.   

The amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss that are expected to be recognized as components of 

net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year are as follows (in thousands): 

United States 

Non-U.S. 

Total 

Actuarial Loss 

Prior Service Cost 

$6,257 

$7,338 

$13,595 

- 

121 

121 

Total 

$6,257 

$7,459 

$13,716 

The  Company  has  agreements  with  certain  officers  and  senior  management  that  provide  for  the  payment  of 

supplemental retirement benefits after the termination of employment for 10 years or in a lifetime annuity. Under 

certain  circumstances,  including  a  change  of  control  as  defined,  the  payment  of  such  amounts  could  be 

accelerated on a present value basis. 

In  March  2013,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  plan  amendments  that  will  freeze  the  U.S. 

Employees’ Retirement Plan, Supplemental Benefit Plan, and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan,  which 

will be effective on June 30, 2013.  These plans are U.S. defined benefit plans.  Under the amendments, no new 

employees  will  be  permitted  to  enter  these  plans  and  no  additional  benefits  for  current  participants  for  future 

services will be accrued after June 30, 2013.  This amendment decreased the pension benefit liabilities by $18.2 

million,  and  resulted  in  an  after-tax  decrease  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  of  $11.3  million.    The 

Company also recorded a pension plan curtailment expense of $2.7 million in fiscal year 2013 as a result of the 

plan amendments, which represented a write-off of the unrecognized prior service cost for the U.S. plans.  The 

-82- 

 
 
 
 
curtailment  expense  is  included  within  the  Restructuring  Charges  line  item  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 

Income. 

The components of net pension expense for the defined benefit plans  and the  weighted-average assumptions 

were as follows (in thousands): 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost  

2013 

2012 

2011 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

$12,701 

$6,204 

$9,951 

$6,062 

$9,591 

$6,681 

12,032 

15,784 

12,042 

15,862 

10,758 

16,118 

Expected Return on Plan Assets 

(12,927) 

(17,975) 

(11,679) 

(17,412) 

(10,118) 

(15,542) 

Net Amortization of Prior Service Cost 

and Transition Asset 

Recognized Net Actuarial Loss 

Curtailment Loss 

854 

6,050 

2,681 

127 

3,905 

- 

902 

4,444 

- 

133 

670 

- 

770 

4,343 

- 

117 

2,915 

- 

Net Pension Expense 

$21,391 

$8,045 

$15,660 

$5,315 

$15,344 

$10,289 

Discount Rate 

Rate of Compensation Increase  

Expected Return on Plan Assets 

4.7% 

3.1% 

8.0% 

5.0% 

3.4% 

6.8% 

5.7% 

4.0% 

8.0% 

5.6% 

4.4% 

6.8% 

5.9% 

4.0% 

8.5% 

5.7% 

4.6% 

6.8% 

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for the retirement 

plans  with  accumulated  benefit  obligations  in  excess  of  plan  assets  were  $683.5  million,  $655.0  million  and 

$480.7  million,  respectively,  as  of  April  30,  2013  and  $563.4  million,  $532.2  million  and  $419.4  million, 

respectively, as of April 30, 2012.  

-83- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the changes in and the status of the plans’ assets and benefit obligations:   

Dollars in thousands 

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS 

2013 

2012 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

Fair Value of Plan Assets, Beginning of Year 

$160,396 

$270,329 

$144,887 

$268,268 

Actual Return on Plan Assets 

Employer Contributions 

Employees’ Contributions 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign Currency Rate Changes 

Fair Value, End of Year 

22,161 

13,210 

- 

(9,240) 

40,844 

14,311 

1,892 

(6,907) 

9,676 

15,656 

- 

8,033 

9,283 

1,937 

(9,823) 

(11,556) 

- 

(13,780) 

- 

(5,636) 

$186,527 

$306,689 

$160,396 

$270,329 

CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION 

Benefit Obligation, Beginning of Year 

$(253,399) 

$(326,730) 

$(208,969) 

$(300,178) 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Employee Contributions 

Actuarial (Loss) 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign Currency Rate Changes 

Curtailment 

Amendments and Other 

(12,701) 

(12,032) 

- 

(6,204) 

(15,784) 

(1,892) 

(9,951) 

(6,062) 

(12,042) 

(15,862) 

- 

(1,937) 

(56,453) 

(66,702) 

(30,980) 

(21,846) 

9,240 

- 

18,158 

(472) 

6,907 

16,127 

- 

- 

9,823 

- 

- 

(1,280) 

11,556 

7,900 

- 

(301) 

Benefit Obligation, End of Year 

$(307,659) 

$(394,278) 

$(253,399) 

$(326,730) 

Funded Status 

$(121,132) 

$(87,589) 

$(93,003) 

$(56,401) 

 AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE STATEMENT OF 

FINANCIAL POSITION: 

 Current Pension Liability 

 Noncurrent Pension Liability 

(3,826) 

(533) 

(2,524) 

(1,065) 

(117,306) 

(87,056) 

(90,479) 

(55,336) 

 Net Amount Recognized in Statement of Financial Position 

$(121,132) 

$(87,589) 

$(93,003) 

$(56,401) 

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS CONSIST OF (before tax) 

 Net Actuarial Loss  

 Prior Service Cost  

$(105,311) 

$(102,083) 

$(82,301) 

$(65,859) 

- 

(1,039) 

(3,062) 

(1,185) 

 Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

$(105,311) 

$(103,122) 

$(85,363) 

$(67,044) 

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive  Loss 

$(19,948) 

$(36,078) 

$(28,921) 

$(30,084) 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN 
DETERMINING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES  

Discount Rate 

Rate of Compensation Increase 

4.2% 

N/A 

4.2% 

3.2% 

4.7% 

3.1% 

5.0% 

3.4% 

Accumulated Benefit Obligations 

$(307,659) 

$(359,438) 

$(242,780) 

$(299,947) 

-84- 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Basis for determining discount rate:   

The discount rates for the United States and Canadian pension plans were based on the derivation of a single-

equivalent  discount  rate  using  a  standard  spot  rate  curve  and  the  timing  of  expected  benefit  payments  as  of 

April 30, 2013. The spot rate curve used is based upon a portfolio of Moody’s-rated Aa3 (or higher) corporate 

bonds.    The  discount  rates  for  the  other  international  plans  were  based  on  similar  published  indices  with 

durations comparable to that of each plan’s liabilities. 

Basis for determining the expected asset return: 

The expected long-term rates of return were estimated using market benchmarks for equities, real estate, and 

bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation and are estimated by  asset class including an  anticipated 

inflation  rate.  The  expected  long-term  rates  are  then  compared  to  the  historic  investment  performance  of  the 

plan  assets  as  well  as  future  expectations  and  estimated  through  consultation  with  investment  advisors  and 

actuaries. 

Pension plan assets/investments: 

The  investment  guidelines  for  the  defined  benefit  pension  plans  are  established  based  upon  an  evaluation  of 

market  conditions,  plan  liabilities,  cash  requirements  for  benefit  payments,  and  tolerance  for  risk.    Investment 

guidelines include the use of actively and passively managed securities. The investment objective is to ensure 

that funds are available to meet the plan’s benefit obligations when they are due. The investment strategy is to 

invest in high quality and diversified equity and debt securities to achieve our long-term expectation.  The plans’ 

risk  management  practices  provide  guidance  to  the  investment  managers,  including  guidelines  for  asset 

concentration, credit rating and liquidity.  Asset allocation favors a  balanced portfolio, with a target allocation of 

approximately 54% equity securities, 43% fixed income securities and cash, and 3% real estate. Due to volatility 

in  the  market,  the  target  allocation  is  not  always  desirable  and  asset  allocations  will  fluctuate  between 

acceptable  ranges  of  plus  or  minus  5%.  The  Company  regularly  reviews  the  investment  allocations  and 

periodically rebalances investments to the target allocations. The Company categorizes its pension assets into 

three levels based upon  the assumptions (inputs) used to price  the  assets.  Level 1 provides the most reliable 

measure of fair value,  whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. The three levels 

are defined as follows: 

  Level 1:  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. 
  Level 2:  Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1.  For example, quoted prices for similar 

assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets. 

  Level 3:  Unobservable inputs reflecting assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset. 

-85- 

 
 
 
 
 
The Company did not maintain any level 3 assets during fiscal years 2013 and 2012. The following tables set 
forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, pension plan assets at their fair value as of April 30 (in thousands): 

2013 

2012 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Total 

U.S. Plan Assets 

Equity Securities: 

U.S. Commingled Funds 

$         - 

$79,449 

$79,449 

$         - 

$68,750 

$68,750 

Non-U.S. Commingled Funds 

Fixed Income Commingled Funds 

Real Estate 

- 

- 

- 

33,814 

61,440 

11,824 

33,814 

61,440 

11,824 

- 

- 

- 

29,208 

51,630 

10,808 

29,208 

51,630 

10,808 

Total U.S. Plan Assets 

$         - 

$186,527 

$186,527 

$         - 

$160,396 

$160,396 

Non-U.S. Plan Assets 

Equity Securities: 

U.S. Equities 

Non-U.S. Equities 

$1,156 

$38,799 

$39,955 

$14,720 

$14,556 

$29,276 

2,261 

107,607 

109,868 

Balanced Managed Funds 

10,571 

1,938 

12,509 

Fixed Income Securities: 

Government/Sovereign Securities 

Fixed Income Funds 

12,656 

15,781 

41,145 

55,943 

53,801 

71,724 

Other: 

Real Estate/Other 

- 

15,989 

15,989 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

2,843 

-  

2,843 

13,856 

9,761 

15,738 

17,483 

3,027 

10,350 

71,851 

1,542 

85,707 

11,303 

32,937 

51,922 

48,675 

69,405 

12,586 

- 

15,613 

10,350 

Total Non-U.S. Plan Assets 

$45,268 

$261,421 

$306,689 

$84,935 

$185,394 

$270,329 

Total Plan Assets 

$45,268 

$447,948 

$493,216 

$84,935 

$345,790 

$430,725 

Expected employer contributions to the defined benefit pension plans in fiscal  year 2014 will be approximately 

$19.4 million, including $9.5 million of minimum amounts required for the Company’s non-U.S. plans. From time 

to  time,  the  Company  may  elect  to  make  voluntary  contributions  to  its  defined  benefit  plans  to  improve  their 

funded status. 

Benefit payments from all plans are expected to approximate $17.1 million in fiscal years 2014 and 2015, $19.4 

million in fiscal year 2016, $19.9 million in fiscal year 2017, $21.4 million in fiscal year 2018 and $126.8 million 

for fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 

The Company provides contributory life insurance and health care benefits, subject to certain dollar limitations 

for substantially all of its eligible retired U.S. employees. The cost of such benefits is expensed over the years 

the employee renders service and is not funded in advance. The accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation 

recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of April 30, 2013 and 2012 was $6.3 million 

and $5.7 million, respectively. Annual expenses for these plans for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $0.8 

million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively.  

The  Company  has  defined  contribution  savings  plans.  The  Company  contribution  is  based  on  employee 

contributions  and  the  level  of  Company  match.  The  expense  for  these  plans  amounted  to  approximately  $9.2 

million, $9.1 million and $8.5 million in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 respectively. 

-86- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18 – Stock-Based Compensation 

All equity compensation plans have been approved by security holders.  At the meeting of shareholders held in 

September 2009, shareholders approved the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan, as amended (“the Plan”). Under 

the Plan, qualified employees are eligible to receive awards that may include stock options, performance-based 

stock  awards  and  other  restricted  stock  awards.    Under  the  Plan,  a  maximum number  of  8,000,000  shares  of 

Company  Class  A  stock  may  be  issued.  As  of  April  30,  2013,  there  were  approximately  5,775,562  securities 

remaining  available  for  future  issuance  under  the  Plan.  The  Company  issues  treasury  shares  to  fund  awards 

issued under the Plan. 

Stock Option Activity: 

Under the terms of the Company’s stock option plan, the exercise price of stock options granted may not be less 

than 100% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. Options are exercisable over a maximum 

period of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest 50% on the fourth and fifth anniversary date after 

the  award  is  granted.    Under  certain  circumstances  relating  to  a  change  of  control,  as  defined,  the  right  to 

exercise options outstanding could be accelerated. 

The following table provides the estimated weighted average fair value for options granted each period using the 

Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  and  the  significant  weighted  average  assumptions  used  in  their 

determination. The expected life represents an estimate of the period of time stock options  will be outstanding 

based  on  the  historical  exercise  behavior  of  option  recipients.  The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the 

corresponding U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected volatility is based on the 

historical  volatility  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  price  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  option  while,  the 

dividend yield is based on the expected dividend payments to be made by the Company.  

For the Years 
Ended April 30, 

2013 

  2012 

2011 

Fair Value of Options on Grant Date  

$12.26 

  $14.11 

  $11.97 

Weighted Average assumptions: 

Expected Life of Options (years) 

7.3   

7.3   

7.7  

Risk-Free Interest Rate 

Expected Volatility 

Expected Dividend Yield 

1.2% 

30.2% 

2.0% 

2.3% 

29.0% 

1.6% 

Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Date 

$48.06 

$49.55 

2.7% 

28.9% 

1.6% 

$40.02 

-87- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of the activity and status of the Company’s stock option plans follows: 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Stock Options 
Outstanding at Beginning of 

Year 

Granted 

Exercised 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term 
(in years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in 
millions) 

Options 
(in 000’s) 

4,130 

$40.74 

394 

$48.06 

(784) 

$34.44 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Options 
(in 000’s) 

4,258 

$38.52 

4,987 

$36.51 

411 

$49.55 

413 

$40.02 

(539) 

$29.97 

(1,133) 

$30.23 

Expired or Forfeited 

(8) 

$35.00 

- 

- 

(9) 

$32.54 

Outstanding at End of Year 

3,732 

$42.85 

Exercisable at End of Year 

2,166 

$42.45 

4.6 

2.6 

$4.2 

$3.1 

4,130 

$40.74 

4,258 

$38.52 

2,301 

$40.08 

2,218 

$35.40 

Vested and Expected to Vest 
in the Future at April 30, 
2013 

3,603 

$42.93 

4.5 

$4.0 

The intrinsic value is the difference between the Company’s common stock price and the option grant price. The 

total intrinsic value of options exercised during  fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $3.1 million, $8.2 million 

and $23.5 million, respectively.  The total  grant date  fair value of stock options  vested during fiscal  year 2013 

was $8.8 million.  

As  of  April  30,  2013,  there  was  $5.5  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  expense  related  to 

stock  options,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  period  up  to  5  years,  or  2.2  years  on  a  weighted 

average basis. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2013: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Number of 
Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term (in years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Number of 
Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

323 

950 

1,039 

1,420 

3,732 

1.9 

3.7 

4.4 

5.8 

4.6 

$31.88 

$35.99 

$44.57 

$48.66 

$42.85 

318 

603 

628 

617 

2,166 

$31.97 

$36.53 

$47.55 

$48.46 

$42.45 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 

$25.32 to $33.05 

$35.04 to $38.55 

$40.02 to $47.55 

$48.46 to $49.55 

Total/Average 

Performance-Based and Other Restricted Stock Activity: 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  long-term  incentive  plans,  performance-based  restricted  stock  awards  are 

payable in restricted shares of the Company’s Class A  Common Stock upon the achievement of certain three-

year  financial  performance-based  targets.  During  each  three-year  period,  the  Company  adjusts  compensation 

expense based  upon its best estimate of expected performance.  The restricted performance shares vest  50% 

on the first and second anniversary date after the award is earned. 

-88- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
The  Company  may  also  grant  individual  restricted  awards  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  Common  Stock  to  key 

employees  in  connection  with  their  employment.    The  restricted  shares  generally  vest  50%  at  the  end  of  the 

fourth and fifth years following the date of the grant. 

Under  certain  circumstances  relating  to  a  change  of  control  or  termination,  as  defined,  the  restrictions  would 

lapse  and  shares  would  vest  earlier.  Activity  for  performance-based  and  other  restricted  stock  awards  during 

fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was as follows (shares in thousands):  

2013 

2012 

2011 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Value 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

Nonvested Shares at Beginning of Year 

Granted 

Change in shares due to performance 

Vested and Issued 

Forfeited 

Nonvested Shares at End of Year 

1,042 

296 

(227) 

(237) 

(37) 

837 

$41.31 

$47.31 

$45.31 

$38.06 

$38.54 

$43.39 

904 

272 

31 

(159) 

(6) 

1,042 

926 

255 

78 

(349) 

(6) 

904 

As  of  April  30,  2013,  there  was  $16.0  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  cost  related  to 

performance-based and other restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a period up to 5 

years,  or  2.9  years  on  a  weighted  average  basis.  Compensation  expense  for  restricted  stock  awards  is 

measured using the closing market price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at the date of grant.   The 

total grant date  value of shares vested  during fiscal  years 2013,  2012 and 2011 was $9.0 million, $7.5 million 

and $13.5 million, respectively.  

Director Stock Awards: 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  Director  Stock  Plan  (the  “Director  Plan”),  each  non-employee  director 

receives an annual award of Class A Common Stock equal in value to 100% of the annual director fee, based 

on the stock price on the date of grant. The granted shares may not be sold or transferred during the time the 

non-employee  director  remains  a  director.  There  were  13,437;  12,474  and  11,144  shares  awarded  under  the 

Director Plan for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

Note 19 - Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts 

Each share of the Company’s Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock. 

The holders of Class A stock are entitled to elect 30% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of Class B 

stock are entitled to  elect the remainder.  On  all other matters, each share of Class A stock is entitled to one 

tenth of one vote and each share of Class B stock is entitled to one vote. 

During fiscal  year  2011, the Board  of Directors of the Company  approved a share repurchase program for an 

additional four million shares of Class A or Class B Common Stock. The approval of this  repurchase program 

increased  the  number  of  shares  that  may  be  purchased  from  time  to  time  in  the  open  market  and  through 

privately negotiated transactions to eight million.  During fiscal year 2013, the Company repurchased 1,846,873 

-89- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares at an average price of $39.92 per share. As of April 30, 2013, the Company has authorization from its 

Board of Directors to purchase up to 509,652 additional shares. 

Note 20 - Segment Information 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  renamed  its  operating  segments  to  better  reflect  its  focus  on  providing 

knowledge and knowledge-based services in areas of research, professional development and education.  As a 

result, Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly has been renamed Research; Professional/Trade has been 

renamed  Professional  Development;  and  Global  Education  has  been  renamed  Education.    The  Company 

maintains publishing, marketing and distribution centers principally in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia 

and Australia.  Below is a description of the Company’s three operating segments: 

Research serves the  world’s research and scholarly  communities and is the largest publisher for professional 

and  scholarly  societies.    Research  products  include  scientific,  technical,  medical  and  scholarly  research 

journals, books, major reference works, databases, clinical decision support tools and laboratory manuals  and 

workflow tools, in the publishing areas of the physical sciences and engineering, health sciences, social science 

and  humanities  and  life  sciences.    Research  customers  include  academic,  corporate,  government,  and  public 

libraries;  researchers;  scientists;  clinicians;  engineers  and  technologists;  scholarly  and  professional  societies; 

and students and professors. The Company’s Research products are sold and distributed globally, online and in 

print  through  multiple  channels,  including  research  libraries  and  library  consortia,  independent  subscription 

agents,  direct  sales  to  professional  society  members,  bookstores,  online  booksellers  and  other  customers. 

Publishing centers include Australia, Germany, India, Singapore, the United Kingdom and the United States. 

Professional  Development  acquires,  develops  and  publishes  professional  books,  subscription  products, 

certification  and  training  services  and  online  applications  in  the  areas  of  business,  finance,  accounting, 

workplace  learning,  management,  leadership,  technology,  behavioral  health,  engineering/architecture  and 

education.  Products  are  developed  in  print  and  digitally  for  worldwide  distribution  through  multiple  channels, 

including  major  chains  and  online  booksellers,  independent  bookstores,  libraries,  colleges  and  universities, 

warehouse clubs, corporations, direct to consumer, websites  and  other online applications.  Publishing centers 

include Australia, Canada, Germany, India, Singapore, the United Kingdom and the United States. 

Education  produces  education  content  and  services  including  online  program  management  for  colleges  and 

universities  and  integrated  online  teaching  and  learning  resources  for  instructors  and  students.    Education 

products  and  services  are  principally  delivered  through  college  bookstores  and  online  distributors,  with 

customers  having  access  to  content  in  multi-media  formats,  as  well  as  the  traditional  textbook.    Education 

products  and  services  are  available  in  each  of  its  publishing  disciplines,  including  the  sciences,  engineering, 

computer  science,  mathematics,  business  and  accounting,  statistics,  geography,  hospitality  and  the  culinary 

arts, education, psychology and modern languages.  Publishing centers include Asia, Australia, Canada, India, 

the United Kingdom and the United States. 

Shared  Services  -  The  Company  reports  financial  data  for  shared  service  functions,  which  are  centrally 

managed for the benefit of the three global businesses, including Distribution, Technology Services, Occupancy 

and Other Administration support. 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  changed  its  internal  reporting  of  segment  measures  for  the  purposes  of 

assessing  performance  and  making  resource  allocation  decisions.  Accordingly,  the  Company  now  reports  on 

segment performance after the allocation of certain direct Shared Services and Administrative Costs, identified 

as Contribution to Profit. These costs were previously reported as independent activities and not reflected within 

-90- 

 
 
each  segment's  operating  results.  In  addition,  the  management  responsibility  and  reporting  of  certain 

Professional  Development  and  Education  product  lines  were  realigned  as  of  May  1,  2012.  Prior  year  results 

have been restated for comparative purposes for each of the changes described above. 

Segment information is as follows (in thousands): 

For the years ended April 30, 
2012 

2013 

2011 

RESEARCH: 

Revenue 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit 

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT: 

Revenue 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit 

EDUCATION: 

Revenue 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit 

$1,009,825 

$1,040,727 

$998,902 

420,963 

452,274 

424,797 

(46,009) 
(66,105) 
(22,343) 
$286,506 

(47,995) 
(65,734) 
(21,085) 
$317,460 

(52,101) 
(63,820) 
(17,820) 
$291,056 

$416,495 

$427,562 

$430,998 

86,678 

108,431 

92,031 

(40,664) 
(29,187) 
(11,381) 
$5,446 

(45,118) 
(25,248) 
(13,011) 
$25,054 

(46,519) 
(23,858) 
(11,684) 
$9,970 

$334,458 

$314,453 

$312,651 

103,828 

107,711 

104,509 

(15,277) 
(30,727) 
(7,079) 
$50,745 

(15,945) 
(27,572) 
(5,771) 
$58,423 

(14,393) 
(21,840) 
(5,179) 
$63,097 

Total Contribution to Profit 

$342,697 

$400,937 

$364,123 

Unallocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs 
Foreign Exchange Transaction Losses 
Interest Expense & Other, Net 
Income Before Taxes 

(143,270) 
(2,041) 
(10,464) 
$186,922 

(120,518) 
(2,261) 
(6,063) 
$272,095 

(115,975) 
(2,188) 
(14,900) 
$231,060 

-91- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Assets 
Research 
Professional Development 
Education 
Corporate/Shared Services 
Total 

Expenditures for Long Lived Assets 
Research 
Professional Development 
Education 
Corporate/Shared Services 
Total 

Depreciation and Amortization 
Research 
Professional Development 
Education 
Corporate/Shared Services 
Total 

For the years ended April 30, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$1,371,082 
520,703 
422,658 
491,932 
$2,806,375 

$1,444,114 
548,751 
156,286 
383,795 
$2,532,946 

$1,486,052 
465,752 
157,822 
320,515 
$2,430,141 

$33,817 
43,587 
240,283 
54,723 
$372,410 

$60,049 
35,434 
33,937 
20,096 
$149,516 

$24,454 
103,934 
20,729 
62,935 
$212,052 

$56,335 
34,734 
29,792 
17,230 
$138,091 

$24,636 
20,881 
21,545 
45,968 
$113,030 

$54,423 
34,954 
27,672 
15,457 
$132,506 

Export sales from the United States to unaffiliated customers amounted to approximately $150.3 million, $151.1 

million and $149.8 million in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The pretax income for consolidated 

operations  outside  the  United  States  was  approximately  $156.1  million,  $171.3  million  and  $162.8  million  in 
fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. 

Revenue from external customers based on the location of the customer and long-lived  assets by geographic 
area were as follows (in thousands): 

Revenue 

Long-Lived Assets 
(Technology, Property & Equipment) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2013 

2012 

2011 

United States 

  $911,838 

  $893,662 

  $888,833 

  $134,107 

  $127,641 

 $107,377 

United Kingdom 

123,827 

135,781 

117,072 

Germany 

84,737 

88,314 

91,502 

Asia 

247,962 

251,360 

242,177 

Australia 

79,958 

Canada 

66,440 

81,150 

74,797 

78,722 

79,227 

Other Countries 

246,016 

257,678 

245,018 

31,093 

12,492 

7,308 

3,533 

1,092 

- 

33,145 

13,550 

7,956 

4,400 

1,287 

- 

30,359 

14,940 

6,530 

4,978 

1,357 

- 

Total  $1,760,778 

  $1,782,742 

  $1,742,551 

$189,625 

$187,979 

$165,541 

-92- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Supplementary Financial Information - Results By Quarter (Unaudited) 

$ In millions, except per share data   
Revenue 
First Quarter  
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Fiscal Year 

2013 

2012 

410.7 
431.8 
472.4 
445.9 
1,760.8 

283.5 
302.2 
330.6 
312.2 
1,228.5 

39.0 
62.9 
83.6 
13.9 
199.4 

36.1 
43.1 
57.1 
7.9 
144.2 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

430.1   
447.0   
451.1   
454.5   
1,782.7   

300.4   
314.3   
309.0   
315.6   
1,239.3   

60.2   
72.0   
78.5   
69.7   
280.4   

50.8   
50.8   
62.9   
48.2   
212.7   

2013 

2012 

Diluted 

Basic 

Diluted 

Basic 

0.60 $ 
0.71 
0.95 
0.13 
2.39 $ 

0.61 $ 
0.72 
0.96 
0.14 
2.43 $ 

0.82 $ 
0.83 
1.03 
0.80 
3.47 $ 

0.84 
0.84 
1.05 
0.81 
3.53 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Gross Profit 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 
Fiscal Year 

Operating Income 
First Quarter (a) 
Second Quarter (c) 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter (e) 
Fiscal Year  

Net Income  
First Quarter (a,b) 
Second Quarter (c)   
Third Quarter (d) 
Fourth Quarter (e)  
Fiscal Year   

Income Per Share  
First Quarter (a,b) 
Second Quarter (c)   
Third Quarter (d) 
Fourth Quarter (e)  
Fiscal Year  
a) 

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded restructuring charges related to certain activities that will  either be 
discontinued, outsourced, or relocated to a lower cost region of $4.8 million ($3.5 million after tax or $0.06 per share). 

b) 

c) 

d) 

e) 

In the first quarters of fiscal years 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded non-cash deferred tax benefits of $8.4 million ($0.14 per  
share) and $8.8 million ($0.14 per share), respectively, principally associated with 2% legislative reductions in the U.K. corporate 
income  tax  rates  for  both  years.  The  benefits  reflect  the  remeasurement  of  all  applicable  U.K.  deferred  tax  balances  which  are 
reflected at 23% as of April 30, 2013. 

In  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  recorded  impairment  charges  related  to  the  divested  Professional 
Development consumer publishing programs of $15.5 million ($9.6 million after tax or $0.16 per share).  In addition, the Company 
reported a gain in the second quarter of fiscal year 2013 associated with the sale of key assets of its travel publishing program of 
$9.8 million ($6.2 million after tax or $0.10 per share). 

In the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, the Company recorded a $7.5 million tax benefit ($0.12 per share) related to the reversal of 
an income tax reserve recorded in conjunction with the Blackwell acquisition in fiscal year 2007.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013 the Company recorded the following items: 
  Restructuring charges of $24.5 million ($16.3 million after tax or $0.27 per share) related to the Company’s Restructuring and 

 

 

 

Reinvestment Program. 
Asset impairment charges of $15.2 million ($11.4 million after tax or $0.19 per share) related to certain controlled circulation 
publishing programs in the Company’s Research business and certain technology investments. 
A  loss  on  sale  of certain  Professional  Development  consumer  publishing  programs  of  $3.8  million  ($3.6  million  after  tax  or 
$0.06 per share). 
A tax charge of $2.1 million ($0.04 per share) due to recently published IRS tax positions related to the Company’s ability to 
take certain deductions in the U.S. 

-93- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2013, 2012, AND 2011 

Schedule II 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Description 

Year Ended April 30, 2013 

Additions/ 

(Deductions) 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period 

Charged to 
Cost &  
Expenses 

Deductions 
From 
Reserves(2) 

Balance 
at End of 
Period 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$35,773 

$74,793 

$78,732 

$31,834 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$6,850 

$1,863 

$1,353 

$7,360 

      Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$33,932 

$19,930 

$25,619 

$28,243 

Year Ended April 30, 2012 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$48,909 

$82,901 

$96,037 

$35,773 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$19,642 

$2,111 

$14,903 

$6,850 

      Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$36,917 

$23,074 

$26,059 

$33,932 

Year Ended April 30, 2011 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$55,311 

$96,841 

$103,243 

$48,909 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$6,859 

$13,989 

$1,206 

$19,642 

      Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$39,674 

$23,772 

$26,529 

$36,917 

(1)  Allowance for sales returns represents anticipated returns net of  a recovery of inventory and royalty costs. 
The  provision  is  reported  as  a  reduction  of  gross  sales  to  arrive  at  revenue  and  the  reserve  balance  is 
reported as a reduction of accounts receivable with a corresponding increase in Inventory and a reduction in 
Accounts and royalties payable (See Note 2).  

(2)  Deductions  from  reserves  include  foreign  exchange  translation  adjustments  and  accounts  written  off,  less 

recoveries. 

-94- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures:  As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was 

performed  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  the  Company’s  management,  including  the 

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the 

Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange 

Act.  Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that 

the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures provide reasonable assurance that information required 

to  be  disclosed  by  the  Company  in  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  (i)  recorded, 

processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  Securities  and  Exchange 

Commission  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s  management, 

including  its  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions 

regarding required disclosure. 

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:  Our  Management  is  responsible  for 

establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in 

Rule  13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 

including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 

effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control  – 

Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

Based  on  that  evaluation,  our  management  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is 

effective as of April 30, 2013. 

KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  consolidated  financial 

statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, 

included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. 

Changes  in  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:  There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over 

financial  reporting  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our  internal 

control over financial reporting during fiscal year 2013. 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

None 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The  name,  age  and  background  of  each  of  the  directors  nominated  for  election  are  contained  under  the 

caption “Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement for  our 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“2013 

Proxy Statement”) and are incorporated herein by reference. 

Information  on  the  audit  committee  financial  experts  is  contained  in  the  2013  Proxy  Statement  under  the 

caption “Report of the Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

-95- 

 
 
 
Information  on  the  Audit  Committee  Charter  is  contained  in  the  2013  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption 

“Committees of the Board of Directors and Certain Other Information concerning the Board” 

Information  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  principles  is  publicly  available  on  the 

Company’s Corporate Governance website at www.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-301708.html. 

Executive Officers 

Set forth below are the executive officers of the Company as of April 30, 2013.  Each of the officers listed will 

serve until the next organizational meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company and until each of the 

respective successors are duly elected and qualified.  

PETER BOOTH WILEY - 70 

September 2002 - Chairman of the Board, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. (Director since 1984)  

STEPHEN M. SMITH – 58 

May 2011 - President and Chief Executive Officer, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 

June 2009 - Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer – responsible for all publishing, 

editorial, sales and marketing and business development activities globally. 

May 2007 - Senior Vice President, Wiley Europe, Asia and Australia – responsible for all company 

activities and operations in the world outside North America 

ELLIS E. COUSENS – 61 

2001 - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Operations Officer – responsible for  the 

Company’s worldwide financial organization, strategic planning and business development, internal 

audit, information technology, distribution and investor relations.  

PATRIK U. DYBERG – 49 

February 2012 – Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer – responsible for leading the 

Company’s global technology functions. 

June 2009 – Senior Vice President, Global Solutions Development of LexisNexis – responsible for the 

development and maintenance of a large suite of customer-facing products. 

December 2005 – Vice President and Chief Information Officer of McGraw Hill – responsible for 

transforming the technology organization from three different business units into a single shared 

services team. 

MARK J. ALLIN – 51 

August 2010 - Senior Vice President, Professional Development – responsible for leading the Company’s 

global Professional Development business.  

January 2010 - Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Professional and Trade – responsible for PD 

profitability and marketing operations. 

July  2009  -  Vice  President,  Asia/Pacific  and  International  Development  –  responsible  for  managing 

Wiley’s business operations in Asia and Australia. 

July  2006  -  Managing  Director,  Wiley  Asia  –  responsible  for  managing  Wiley’s  business  operations  in 

Asia 

WILLIAM ARLINGTON – 64 

1996  -  Senior  Vice  President,  Human  Resources  –  responsible  for  managing  the  Company’s  Global 

Human Resources organization. (Succeeded by Mary-Jo O’Leary on  May 1,  2013 and  transitioned  to 

the role of Senior Advisor to the Senior Vice President until his retirement on June 30, 2013). 

-96- 

 
 
 
MARY-JO O’LEARY – 50 

October 2012 – Vice President and Director, Human Resources – responsible for working with the Senior 

Vice President, Human Resources to manage the Company’s Global Human Resources organization. 

(Succeeded William Arlington as Senior Vice President, Human Resources on May 1, 2013). 

July  2003  –  Vice  President,  Marketing  &  Sales  –  responsible  for  managing  the  sales,  marketing  and 

custom publishing functions for the Company’s Education business. 

JOSEPH S. HEIDER – 54 

May  2011  -  Senior  Vice  President,  Education  –  responsible  for  leading  the  Company’s  worldwide 

Education business.  

January 2011 - Senior Vice President, US Higher Education – responsible for leading the Company’s US  

Higher Education business. 

May 2010 - Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Higher Education  – responsible for  leading the 

Company’s  US  Higher  Education  Product  Development  and  New  Business  Development  and 

Production Groups. 

October  2000  -  Vice  President,  Product  and  E-Business  Development  –  responsible  for  leading  the 

Company’s Higher Education Product and New Business Development Group. 

GARY M. RINCK – 61 

2004 - Senior Vice President, General Counsel – responsible for all of the Company’s legal and corporate 

governance functions at Wiley.   

STEVEN J. MIRON – 52 

May 2010 - Senior Vice President, Global Research – responsible for leading the Company’s worldwide 

Research business.  

November  2009  -  Chief  Operating  Officer,  Scientific,  Technical,  Medical  and  Scholarly  business  – 

responsible for Research's editorial strategy and operations as well as product marketing. 

February  2007  -  Vice  President  and  Managing  Director,  Physical  Science  –  responsible  for  leading 

Research's Physical Sciences business. 

VINCENT MARZANO – 50 

September 2006  - Vice President, Treasurer  – responsible for global  treasury  operations, insurable risk 

management, accounts receivable, and credit and collections. 

EDWARD J. MELANDO – 57  

January 2013 – Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer – responsible 

for Financial Reporting, Taxes, and Financial Shared Services. 

2002  -  Vice  President,  Corporate  Controller  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer  –  responsible  for  Financial 

Reporting, Taxes and the Financial Shared Services.  

REED ELFENBEIN – 59 

October 2012 – Senior Vice President, International Development and Global Research – leads team 

responsible for increasing market share in growing and emerging markets and supervises the 

worldwide Research sales team. 

February 2007 – Vice President and Managing Director, Sales and Marketing – supervised the domestic 

and international sales and marketing teams. 

-97- 

 
 
 
 
 
CLAY E. STOBAUGH – 55 

August 2011 – Senior Vice President, Corporate Marketing – responsible for strategic marketing and 

customer relationship management. 

July 2005 – Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing of SRSsoft, Inc. – responsible for all sales 

and marketing activity. 

JOHN W. SEMEL – 42 

February 2009 – Senior Vice President, Planning and Development – responsible for global acquisitions 

and divestitures, strategic investments, strategic planning, corporate alliances and business 

development. 

2008 – Executive Vice President, Business Development of The Weinstein Company – responsible for 

acquisitions, strategic investments, alliances, joint ventures, and managing integrated marketing across 

media properties.   

MICHAEL PRESTON – 45 

February 2009 - Corporate Secretary – responsible for Board administration and compliance with 

corporate regulatory requirements. 

August 2005 - Senior Assistant Corporate Secretary of Sunoco, Inc. – responsible for the governance of the 

company’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and limited liability companies including Sunoco Logistics 

Partners, L.P. and Sun Coke entities.   

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Information  on  compensation  of  the  directors  and  executive  officers  is  contained  in  the  2013  Proxy 

Statement under the captions “Directors’ Compensation” and “Executive Compensation,” respectively, and is 

incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for the directors and executive officers is contained under 

the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” within the “Beneficial Ownership of 

Directors and  Management” section of  the 2013  Proxy  Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Information  on  the  beneficial  ownership  reporting  for  all  other  shareholders  that  own  5%  of  more  of  the 

Company’s  Class  A  or  Class  B  Common  Stock  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Voting  Securities,  Record 

Date, Principal Holders” in the 2013 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

The following table summarizes the Company’s equity compensation plan information as of April 30, 2013: 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans approved by 
shareholders  

Equity compensation plans not approved 
by shareholders 

Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 
(a) 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 
(b) 

Number of 
securities remaining 
available for future 
issuance under equity 
compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column 
(a) (c) 

4,569,430 (1) 

$42.85 

5,775,562 

- 

- 

- 

Total 

4,569,430 

$42.85 

5,775,562 

(1)  This amount includes the following awards issued under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan: 

-98- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  3,732,028 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average 

exercise price of $42.85. 

  837,402 non-vested performance-based and other restricted stock awards. Since these awards have 

no exercise price, they are not included in the weighted average exercise price calculation.  

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Information  on  related  party  transactions  and  the  policies  and  procedures  for  reviewing  and  approving 

related  party  transactions  are  contained  under  the  caption  “Transactions  with  Related  Persons”  within  the 

“Board and Committee Oversight of Risk” section of the 2013 Proxy Statement and are incorporated herein 

by reference. 

Information  on  director  independence  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Director  Independence”  within  the 

“Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” section of the 2013 Proxy Statement.  

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Information required by this item is contained in the 2013 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the 

Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

-99- 

 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 

(a)  

(b)  

(c) 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8* 

10.9 

Financial Statements and Schedules are included in the attached index on page 3 and are filed as part of 
this report 

Reports on Form 8-K submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission since the filing of the 
Company’s 10-Q on March 11, 2013: 

Earnings release on the fiscal year 2013 results issued on Form 8-K dated June 18, 2013, which included 
certain condensed financial statements of the Company. 

Employment agreement and announcement of John A. Kritzmacher as the Company’s next Executive Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer issued on Form 8-K dated June 4, 2013. 

Exhibits 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended April 30, 1992). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated October 13, 1995 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1997). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1998 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1998). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1999 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1999). 

By-Laws as Amended and Restated dated as of September 2007 (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2008). 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 2, 2011, among the Company and Bank of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and Other Lenders Party Hereto 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 
31, 2011). 

Agreement of Lease dated as of August 4, 2000, between, Block A South Waterfront Development L.L.C., 
as Landlord, and the Company, as Tenant (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2000). 

2009 Director Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended October 31, 2009). 

2009 Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2011). 

Amended 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan (Revised September 15, 2011 and incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2011). 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated effective as of January 1, 2009 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 

Amendments A and B to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated Effective 
January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period 
ended July 31, 2010). 

Resolution amending the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective June 30, 2013. 

Supplemental Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009, including amendments through 
August 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period 
ended January 31, 2011).  

10.10*  Resolution amending the Supplemental Benefit Plan effective June 30, 2013. 

10.11 

Deferred Compensation Plan as Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 

10.12*  Resolution amending the Deferred Compensation Plan effective July 1, 2013. 

-100- 

 
 
 
 
 
10.13 

Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors’ 2005 & After Compensation (incorporated by reference to the 
Report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2005). 

10.14* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2014 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan. 

10.15* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2014 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan. 

10.16* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2014 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan. 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

21* 

23* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2013 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2012). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2013 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2012). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2013 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2012). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2012 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2011). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2012 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2011). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2012 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2011). 

Senior Executive Employment Agreement to Arbitrate dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference 
to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 

Schedule of individual officers party to Senior Executive Employment Agreement to Arbitrate dated as of 
April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period 
ended October 31, 2009). 

Senior Executive Non-competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated 
by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 

Schedule of individual officers party to Senior Executive Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement 
dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended October 31, 2009). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of September 17, 2010 and effective as of May 1, 2011, 
between Stephen M. Smith and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 
8-K dated as of September 22, 2010) 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2008, between Ellis E. Cousens and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended 
January 31, 2009). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement letter dated as of March 15, 2004, between Gary M. Rinck and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 
2011). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 1, 2010, between Stephen J. Miron and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 
2011). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 2011, between Mark J. Allin and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 
2012). 

List of Subsidiaries of the Company 

Consent of KPMG LLP 

31.1* 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.2* 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.1*  

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

-101- 

 
 
32.2*  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

*   

Filed herewith 

-102- 

 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section  13 or 15(d)  of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company  has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated:  June 26, 2013 

  JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 

(Company) 

By: 

/s/ Stephen M. Smith 

  Stephen M. Smith 

  President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signatures 

Titles 

Dated 

  President and Chief Executive Officer  

June 26, 2013 

  Director 

  Executive Vice President and 

June 26, 2013 

  Chief Financial and Operations Officer 

  Senior Vice President, Controller and  

June 26, 2013 

  Chief Accounting Officer 

  Director 

June 26, 2013 

  Editor and Director 

June 26, 2013 

/s/ Stephen M. Smith 

Stephen M. Smith 

/s/ Ellis E. Cousens 

Ellis E. Cousens 

/s/ Edward J. Melando 

Edward J. Melando 

/s/ Peter Booth Wiley 

Peter Booth Wiley 

/s/ Jesse C. Wiley 

Jesse C. Wiley 

/s/ William J. Pesce 

William J. Pesce 

  Director 

/s/ William B. Plummer 

  Director 

William B. Plummer 

/s/ Kalpana Raina  

Kalpana Raina 

/s/ Mari J. Baker 

Mari J. Baker 

/s/ Jean-Lou Chameau 

Jean-Lou Chameau 

/s/ Mathew S. Kissner 

Mathew S. Kissner 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

/s/ Raymond McDaniel, Jr. 

  Director 

Raymond McDaniel, Jr. 

/s/ Eduardo R. Menascé 

Eduardo R. Menascé 

/s/ Linda Katehi 

Linda Katehi 

  Director 

  Director 

-103- 

June 26, 2013 

June 26, 2013 

June 26, 2013 

June 26, 2013 

June 26, 2013 

June 26, 2013 

June 26, 2013 

June 26, 2013 

June 26, 2013 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. (1) 
As of April 30, 2013 

Exhibit 21 

John Wiley & Sons International Rights, Inc. 
JWS HQ, LLC 
JWS DCM, LLC 
Deltak edu, Inc 

Deltak edu, LLC 

Efficient Learning Systems, Inc 
Wiley Brasil Divulgacao De Materiais Didaticos LTDA 
Wiley Periodicals, Inc.  
Wiley Publishing Services, Inc. 
Wiley Subscription Services, Inc. 
Inscape Publishing Inc. 
Wiley Publishing LLC 

Wiley India Private Ltd. 

WWL Corp. 

Wiley International, LLC 
John Wiley & Sons UK LLP 

John Wiley & Sons UK 2 LLP 

Wiley Japan KK 
Wiley Europe Investment Holdings, Ltd. 

Wiley U.K. (Unlimited Co.) 

Wiley Europe Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 
Wiley Heyden Ltd. 
Wiley Distribution Services Ltd. 
Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd. 

Blackwell Publishing Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons Singapore Pte. Ltd.  

John Wiley & Sons Commercial Service Co. Ltd.  

John Wiley & Sons GmbH 

Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA 

Blackwell Science Ltd. 

Blackwell Science (Overseas Holdings) 

John Wiley & Sons LTD A/S 
Blackwell Verlag GmbH  
Wiley Publishing Japan KK 
Blackwell Science (HK) Ltd. 
Wiley Publishing Australia Pty Ltd.  

John Wiley and Sons Australia, Ltd. 
Blackwell Publishing Asia Pty. Ltd 

John Wiley & Sons Canada Limited 
John Wiley & Sons (HK) Limited 

Jurisdiction 
In Which 
Incorporated 

Delaware 
New Jersey 
New Jersey 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Arizona 
Brazil 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
India 
Delaware 
Delaware 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Japan 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Singapore 
China  
Germany 
Germany 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Denmark 
Germany 
Japan 
Hong Kong 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Canada 
Hong Kong 

(1)  The names of other subsidiaries that would not constitute a significant subsidiary in the aggregate have been 

omitted. 

-104- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 33-62605 on Form S-8 of John Wiley & 

Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) of our reports dated June 26, 2013, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial 

position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. as of April 30, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, 

comprehensive income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 

30, 2013, and the related financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting 

as of April 30, 2013, which reports appear in the April 30, 2013 annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.   

/s/  KPMG LLP 

Short Hills, New Jersey 
June 26, 2013 

-105- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Stephen M. Smith, President and Chief Executive Officer of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify 

that: 

Exhibit 31.1 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit 

to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 

such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  annual 

report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 

Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  Company’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 

controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 

financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 

procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 

Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 

particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal  control over financial 

reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 

reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 

accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in 

this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 

end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 

occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth quarter in the case of 

an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 

Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 

control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of 

directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):  

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over 

financial  reporting  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  record, 

process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/ Stephen M. Smith 

Stephen M. Smith 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Dated: June 26, 2013 

-106- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Ellis  E. Cousens,  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Operations Officer of John Wiley  &  Sons, Inc. 

(the “Company”), hereby certify that:  

Exhibit 31.2 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit 

to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 

such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  annual 

report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 

Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  Company’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 

controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 

financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 

procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 

Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 

particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal  control over financial 

reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 

reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 

accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in 

this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 

end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 

occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth quarter in the case of 

an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 

Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 

control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of 

directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):  

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over 

financial  reporting  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  record, 

process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/ Ellis E. Cousens 

Ellis E. Cousens 
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial and Operations Officer 
Dated: June 26, 2013 

-107- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection  with the  Annual  Report of John Wiley  & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”)  on Form 10-K for the  year ended 

April 30, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I,  Stephen M. 

Smith,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company,  certify,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  §  1350,  as  adopted 

pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934; and  

(2)  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and   

results of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ Stephen M. Smith 

Stephen M. Smith 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Dated:  June 26, 2013 

-108- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection  with the  Annual  Report of John Wiley  & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”)  on Form 10-K for the  year ended 

April  30,  2013  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  Ellis  E. 

Cousens, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Operations Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 

U.S.C.  §  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  that  to  the  best  of  my 

knowledge: 

(1)  the  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 

1934; and  

(2)  the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 

results of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ Ellis E. Cousens 

Ellis E. Cousens 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial and Operations Officer 
Dated:  June 26, 2013 

-109-